EPA-600/2-77-186a
September 1977
Environmental Protection Technology Series
             EVALUATION OF LEACHATE TREATMENT
                                            Volume I:
                       Characterization of Leachate

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING  SERIES

 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
 gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
 vironmental technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
 planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in  related fields.
 The nine series are:

       1.  Environmental Health  Effects Research
       2.  Environmental Protection Technology
       3.  Ecological Research
       4.  Environmental Monitoring
       5.  Socioeconomic Environmental  Studies
       6.  Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
       7.  Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development
      8.  "Special" Reports
      9.  Miscellaneous Reports

 This report has been  assigned to the ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION TECH-
 NOLOGY series. This series describes research performed to develop and dem-
 onstrate instrumentation, equipment, and methodology to  repair or prevent en-
 vironmental degradation from point and non-point sources of pollution. This work
 provides the new or improved technology required for the control  and treatment
 of pollution sources to meet environmental quality standards.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                          EPA--600/2-77-186a
                                          September  1977
     EVALUATION OF LEACHATE TREATMENT

                 Volume I

       Characterization of Leachate
                    by

            Edward S. K. Chi an
             Foppe B. DeWalle
         Environmental Engineering
      Department of Civil Engineering
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
          Urbana, Illinois  61801
          Contract No. 68-03-0162
             Project Officers

               Dirk Brunner
             James A. Heidman
             Richard A. Carnes
Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division
Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
          Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
MUNICIPAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
    OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
   U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                                DISCLAIMER

This report has been reviewed by the Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved for publi-
cation.  Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the U.'S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor
does mention of trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement
or recommendation for use.
                                   11

-------
                                  FOREWORD

The Environmental  Protection Agency was created  because  of  increasing  public
and government concern about the dangers of pollution  to the  health  and wel-
fare of the American people.  Noxious air, foul  water  ,  and spoiled  land are
tragic testimony to the deterioration of our natural environment.  The com-
plexity of that environment and the interplay between  its components require
a concentrated and integrated attack on the problem.

Research and development is that necessary first step  in problem solution
and it involves defining the problem, measuring  its impact, and searching
for solutions.  The Municipal Environmental Research  Laboratory develops new
and improved technology and systems for the prevention,  treatment,  and man-
agement of wastewater and solid and hazardous waste pollutant discharges
from municipal and community sources, for the preservation  and treatment of
public drinking water supplies, and to minimize  the adverse economic,  social,
health, and aesthetic effects of pollution.  This publication is one of  the
products of that research; a most vital communications link between the  re-
searcher and the user community.
This study involved extensive analysis of different organics  and inorganics
present in leachate samples from landfills located in different regions  of
the United States.  These analyses were then used to predict the effective-
ness of different biological and physical-chemical treatment methods for
contaminant removal.  Laboratory bench-scale studies were then performed
to determine the treatability of leachates of different compositions.

                                       Francis T. Mayo, Director
                                       Municipal Environmental Research
                                        Laboratory

-------
                                  ABSTRACT

 The  present  study  involved an extensive analysis of both organics and inor-
 ganics  present  in  leachate samples collected from landfills located in dif-
 ferent  regions  of  the United States.  Bench-scale performance data for
 selected  leachate  treatment methods were obtained.  The character of the
 analyzed  leachate  samples was described using ratios of different parameters
 such  as COD/TOC, BOD5/COD, VS/FS and  (total organic carbons present in the
 free  volatile fatty acids)/TOC.  Leachate from recently constructed land-
 fills,  characterized by high values for the listed ratios, was best treated
 by aerobic or anaerobic, biological treatment processes.  Physical-chemical
 treatment processes, especially activated carbon and reverse osmosis, were
 found most effective in treating leachate from stabilized old landfills and
 were  also useful for removing organics in effluent of biological units.

 The  leachate samples were subjected to membrane ultrafiltration, gel permea-
 tion  chromatography and specific organic analysis to separate different
 molecular weight fractions and to determine the main classes of organics and
 associated functional groups.  The majority of the organics were able to
 permeate  a 500  MW  UF membrane, indicative of their low molecular weight.
 Most  of the organics in the 500 MW UF permeate were free volatile fatty
 acids.  Fulvic-like material with a relatively high carboxyl and aromatic
 hydroxyl  group  density was found to be the next largest group of organics.
 Membrane  fractionation and organic analysis of leachate samples collected
 from  different  landfills commonly showed a decrease in the free volatile
 fatty acid fraction with increasing age of the fill.

 Biological degradation studies showed the sequential  removal of different
 classes of organics present in leachate from a recently constructed solid
waste lysimeter.  Four sequential  phases were recognized:   1)  removal  of
                                     iv

-------
high molecular weight humic carbohydrate-like organics,  2)  removal  of free
volatile fatty acids, 3) removal  of bacterially excreted carbonyl  compounds
and amino acids, and 4) removal  of high molecular weight carbohydrates pro-
duced during the third phase.  A decreased ability of bacteria to  degrade
organics was noted for free volatile fatty acids, amino  acids, carbohydrates,
humic acids and fulvic acids, respectively.

Analyses of the different heavy metals in the leachate samples showed that
high concentrations are generally present; iron and zinc were found in es-
pecially high concentrations.  Determination of metals in leachate by flame
atomic absorption spectroscopy was subject to large matrix interferences that
were circumbented by use of the standard addition technique.   Membrane frac-
tionation analysis showed that the majority of the metals permeated the 500
MW UF membrane, indicating that chelation of most metals by refractory
organics in leachate plays a minor role in metal attenuation  processes; an
exception was iron, most of which was associated with the 100,000  MW UF re-
tentate.  Biological treatability studies showed that the metal concentra-
tions in leachate generally do not cause any toxic effects due to  the forma-
tion of hydroxides and carbonates in aerobic systems and sulfides  and
carbonates in anaerobic systems.

This report was submitted in fulfillment of Contract No. 68-03-0162 by the
University of Illinois under the sponsorship of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  This report covers the period June 30, 1972 to
November 30, 1974, and work was completed as of September 1976.

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                       Page

Foreword                                                                i i i

Abstract                                                                 iv

List of Figures                                                          1>x

List of Tables                                                         x111

Acknowledgements                                                         xv

I.  Recommendations for Further Research                                XV1

II.  Characterization of Sanitary Landfill Leachates and Its
     Significance to Leachate Treatment

     Conclusions                                                          1
     Introduction                                                         2
     Materials and Methods                                                4
     Results and Discussion                                               7
     References                                                          32

III.  The Use of Membrane Ultrafiltration and Specific Organic
      Analysis for Characterization of Organic Matter in Leachate

      Conclusions                                                        36
      Introduction                                                       38
      Materials and Methods                                              48
      Results                                                            50
      Discussion                                                         72
      References                                                         79

IV.  The Sequential Removal of Organic Matter in Leachate During
     Aerobic biological Degradation

     Conclusions                                                         85
     Introduction                                                        87
     Materials and Methods                                               92
     Results and Discussion                                              94
     References                                                         110

V.  Metals and Their Interaction with Organic Matter in Leachate

    Conclusions                                                         115
    Introduction                                                        118
    Materials and Methods                                               126
    Results and Discussion                                              130
    References                                                          147


                                    vi i

-------
VI.  Evaluation of Colorimetric Tests Used for Characterization
     of Organic Matter in Leachate

     Conclusions                                                         150
     The Determination of Carboyxl Groups with the
       Hydroxylamine Test                                                152
     The Determination of Free Volatile Fatty Acids by Gas
       Liquid Chromatography                                             168
     The Determination of Carbonyl Groups with the
       Dinitrophenylhydrazine Method                                     174
     The Determination of Aromatic Hydroxyl Groups with the
       Folin-Denis Method                                                186
     The Determination of Carbohydrates with the Anthrone Test           191
     The Determination of Proteins with the Lowry, Ninhydrin
       and Kjeldahl  Method                                               196
     The Determination of Extractable Organics Using Hexane
       and Butanol                                                       204
                                   vm

-------
                             LIST OF FIGURES

 Number                                                              Page

 1.   Changes in Chemical Oxygen Demand,  Turbidity,  Color and
      Conductivity of Leachate During Storage at 5°C in a Capped       10
      Bottle

 2.   Changes in Oxidation Reduction Potential  (ORP),  pH and
      Suspended Solids (SS) of Leachate During Storage at 5°C
      in a Capped Bottle                                              11

 3.   Changes of Ratios of COD/TOC and Percent of Free Volatile
      Fatty Acid Carbon to TOC of Leachate Samples Versus the
      Age of Landfills                                                15

 4.   Changes of Ratios of VS/FS and BOD/COD of Leachate Samples
      Versus the Age of Landfills                                     17

 5.   Changes of S04/C1 Ratio, Oxidation  Reduction Potential
      (ORP) and pH of Leachate Samples Versus the Age  of
      Landfills                                                       19

 6.   Eluate of the 500 MW UF Retentate of the UI Leachate
      Sample on a Sephadex G-75 Column as Characterized by
      Total Organic Carbon, Specific Organics and Functional
      Groups                                                          51

 7.   Effect of Parallel  and Sequential Membrane Separation on
      the Retention of Organic Carbon in  Centrifuges Leachate
      by Reverse Osmosis and Ultrafiltration Membranes having
      Different Molecular Weight Cutoffs.                             54

 8.   Characterization of Different Membrane Ultrafiltration
      Fractions for Specific Organics and Functional Groups           57

 9.   IR Spectra of the Residue of the Hexane and Butanol
      Extracts: (a) Hexane Extract of 10,000 MW UF Retentate
      (b) Butanol Extract of 10,000 MW UF Retentate (c) Butanol
      Extract of Acidified 10,000 MW UF Retentate (d)  Butanol
      Extract of 500 MW UF Retentate (e)  Hexane Extract of 500
      MW UF Permeate                                                  61

10.   Characterization of Different Membrane UF Fractions in
      a Leachate Sample Collected from a  Control (a) and
      Recirculation (b) Landfill in Sonoma County                     66

11.   Eluate of the 500 MW UF Retentate of the Dupage  County
      Leachate Sample on a Sephadex G-75  Column as Characterized
      by Total Organic Carbon, Specific Organics and Functional
      Groups                                                          68
                                    IX

-------
                     LIST OF FIGURES (continued)

Number                                                              Page

12.  Percentage of TOC Retained with Either 10,000 MW
     (a) or 500 MW and 1000 MW (b) UF Membranes in Leachate
     Samples Collected from Landfills of Different Ages              70

13.  Carbohydrates (a), Proteins (b) and Aromatic Hydroxyls
     (c) in Leachate Samples Collected from Landfills of
     Different Ages.                                                 71

14.  Molecular Weight Distribution of Organics as Reported in
     Different Studies and Determined by Dialysis and Membrane
     Ultrafiltration                                                 77

15.  Elution Pattern of the Ultrafiltration Retentate on
     Sephadex G-75 before Aeration of the Leachate with
     Activated Sludge                                                95

16.  Change of pH, DO, ORP, TOC and Conductivity During
     Aeration of the Wastewater                                      97

17.  Change of Suspended Solids, Turbidity and Filtered
     Turbidity During Aeration of the Wastewater                     98

18.  Change of Proteins, Carbohydrates, Phenolic Hydroxyl-,
     Carbonyl- and Carboxyl Substances During Aeration of
     the Wastewater                                                  99

19.  Elution Pattern of the Reverse Osmosis and Ultrafiltration
     Retentate on Sephadex G-75 During Aeration of the Leachate
     (a) Corresponding with Maximum Substrate Uptake (b) After
     Uptake of the Readily Available Carbon Source                  101

20.  Change of Filtered Turbidity, DO, pH, TOC and Conductivity
     During a Longer Period of Aeration with a Higher Strength
     Leachate                                                       107

21.  Change of Carbohydrates,  Proteins (Amino Acids) and Phenolic
     Hydroxyls, Carbonyl  and Carboxyl Containing Substances
     During a Longer Period of Aeration with a Higher Strength
     Leachate                                                       108

22.  Application of the Standard Addition Method to Determine
     The Actual Heavy Metal Concentration in the Cincinnati
     Field Site Leachate Sample                                     131

-------
                     LIST OF FIGURES (continued)

Number                                                              Page

23.  Percentage Depression in the Heavy Metal  Determinations
     for Leachate Samples, and Synthetic Salt  Solutions             132

24.  Decrease of COD, Ca, Fe and Zn Relative to the Salt
     Content of Leachate Samples with Increasing  Age of
     Landfills.                                                     138

25.  Relative Distribution of Metals in Each of the
     Different Molecular Weight Fractions as Obtained by
     Membrane Ultrafiltration                                       140

26.  Relation Between the Magnitude of the High Molecular
     Weight Organic Fraction and the Amount of Ca and Fe
     Retained with the 10,000 MW UF Membrane                        143

27.  Relation Between the Magnitude of the High Molecular
     Weight Organic Fraction and the Amount of Cu and Zn
     Retained with the 10,000 MW UF Membrane                        145

28.  Molar Absorbances of Free Volatile Fatty  Acids and
     Different Aromatic Compounds                                   156

29.  Absorption Spectra of Free Volatile Fatty Acids (a)
     and Branched Free Volatile Fatty Acids at a Concentra-
     tion of Approximately 0.25 mmole/1                             157

30.  Absorption Spectra of Acetic Acid and Different Aromatic
     Acids and Hydroxyl Compounds                                   159

31.  Effect of Varying Iron Concentration (a)  and Varying
     Times Allowed for the Iron Complex Formation (b)               162

32.  Effect of Varying Hydroxyl Amine Concentrations (a)
     and Varying Times Allowed for the Hydroxamate Formation (b)    164

33.  Calibration Curves for C2-Cg Volatile Fatty Acids              171

34.  Gas Chromatogram of  Free Volatile Fatty Acids Detected
     in Leachate of the Boon County-EPA Landfill                     173

35.  Effect of (a) Incubation Time on the Color Formation of
     Pentanone with 2,4 Dinitrophenylhydrazine (b) Effect of
     Length of Waiting Time after the Color Formation on
     Fading of Color of Acetone                                     179

-------
                     LIST OF FIGURES (continued)

 Number                                                              Page

 36.  Molar Absorbances of Different Carbonyl Compounds              180

 37.  Absorption Spectra of Different Aromatic Carbonyl
     Compounds                                                      182

 38.  Absorption Spectra of Different Aliphatic Carbonyl
     Compounds and Leachate Fractions                               183

 39.  Spectrum of the Fulvic Acid Fraction of the Dupage
     Landfill Leachate and the Standard Tannic Acid                 188

 40.  Absorbence of Different Aromatic Hydroxyl Compounds            189

 41.  Effect of Hydrolysis Time on Absorbence of Different
     Molecular Weight Fractions in Leachate                         193

 42.  Interference in Carbohydrate Analysis by Aromatic
     Hydroxyl Compounds                                             194

43.  Effect of Standard Additions of Tannic Acid in Leachate
     on the Outcome of the Lowry Test (a) and Relation Between
     Results of the Aromatic Hydroxyl Test and Lowry Test as
     Determined on Different Leachate Samples (b)                   198

44.  Effect of Digestion Time on Outcome of Ninhydrin
     Protein Test (a) and Relation Between Protein Concen-
     tration as Measured with Kjeldahl  Method and Ninhydrin
     Method Using Digestion                                         201

45.  Butanol  Extraction of Tannic Acid,  Starch and Bovine
     Albumin                                                        205

46.  Hexane Extraction of Free Volatile  Fatty Acid Mixture          207

47.  Butanol  Extraction of Acidified Free Volatile Fatty
     Acid Mixture                                                   208
                                  xi i

-------
                            LIST OF TABLES

Number                                                              Page

1.   Description of Sites from Which Leachate Samples were
     Collected                                                        5

2.   Composition of Leachate from Different Sources as
     Measured by Different Researchers                                8

3.   Composition of Leachate from Different Sources as
     Measured at the University of Illinois                          13

4.   Results of Treatment Efficiencies Obtained in Different
     Biological Treatment Studies                                    22

5.   Results of Treatment Efficiencies Obtained in Different
     Physical Chemical Treatment Studies                             25

6.   Proposed Relationship between COD/TOC, BOD/COD, Absolute
     COD and Age of Fill to Expected Efficiences of Organic
     Removal from Leachate                                           30

7.   Dialysis Studies Characterizing the Molecular Weight
     Distribution of Aquatic Organics                                42

8.   Membrane Ultrafiltration Studies Characterizing the
     Molecular Weight Distribution of Aquatic Organics               44

9.   Organic Matter Concentrations in Landfill  Leachate
     and their Relative Composition                                  47

10.  Chemical Analyses of the Sephadex G-75 Eluate of the
     500 MW UF Retentate                                             52

11.  Effectiveness of the Hexane and Butanol  Extraction to
     Remove Organics from the Different Molecular Weight
     Fractions                                                       60

12.  Infrared Absorption Bands and their Tentative Assignments
     for the Residue of the Hexane and Butanol  Extracts              62

13.  Organic Composition of Humic Substances  Fractionated
     According to Molecular Weight                                   74

14.  Chemical Interferences Observed in the Metal Determinations
     by Flame Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy                        122
                                 xi 11

-------
                     LIST OF TABLES (continued)

Number                                                              Page

15.  Synthetic Leachate Samples Used to Evaluate Matrix
     Interferences in the Heavy Metal  Determination
     Containing 1  mg/1  of Cr, Ni, Cu,  Pb and Cd                     128

16.  Chemical Characteristics of Leachate Samples in which
     the Heavy Metals were Tested by the Standard Addition
     Method                                                         134

17.  Metal  Concentrations in Leachate  Samples Collected
     from Landfills Having Different Ages                           137

18.  TOC in Redissolved Dried Residue  of the Hexane and
     Butanol  Used  to Extract a Free Volatile Fatty Acid
     Solution;  the Residue was Redissolved in 100 ml
     Distilled  Water                                                209
                                  xiv

-------
                            ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The support of the US-EPA Solid and Hazardous Waste Research  Division
of the Municipal Environmental  Research Laboratory in Cincinnati  is
acknowledged with sincere thanks.   The chemical  analysis  and  treatment
studies were performed by Richard  L. Davison, Laboratory  Chemist, and
the Research Assistants J. T.  Y. Chu, Y. Chang,  G. Velioglu,  and  F.  M.
Saunders.  Invaluable help was  also provided by  Laboratory Assistants
B. MacPherson, J. Hansen, C. Stroupe, T. Brozozowski, M.  Sweeny,  P.  J.
Strange, B. Clark, G. S. M. Yu, J. Young, and J. Hunsicker.  The  follow-
ing researchers assisted to a great extent the facilitation of leachate
sample collection:  Reinhardt and  Ham, County of Sonoma andEmconAssociates,
Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory, Mao and Pohland, Apgar  and
Langmuir, Fungaroli, and Hughes, et al.
                                     xv

-------
                                   I
                RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER RESEARCH

Considerable spread was observed in some of the results of grab sample
analyses from different landfills when these analyses were correlated
with the age of the landfill.  The cause of these variations are suspected
to be the individual characteristics of the different landfills and the
local climatic conditions.  Those factors affecting the trend should be
more accurately defined to allow prediction of future impacts on the
environment and the long-term efficacy of leachate treatment methods.

Additional, more specific chemical analysis of the organic fractions
identified is recommended to ascertain the presence of environmentally
significant organics and the presence of organics significant in leachate
treatment.

Additional basic research is necessary to more clearly define the limita-
tions of the different separation techniques such as membrane ultrafiltra-
tion and gel permeation chromatography using naturally occurring organics
of different molecular weight and chemical composition.  This should  be
followed by extensive degradation and identification studies to more
clearly define the chemical nature of each of the different molecular
weight fractions.
                                   xvi

-------
                                    II
           CHARACTERIZATION OF SANITARY LANDFILL LEACHATES
             AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE TO LEACHATE TREATMENT


                             CONCLUSIONS

The present study conducted an extensive analysis of both organics and
inorganics present in leachate samples collected from landfills located
in different parts of the United States.  Several ratios were determined
for leachate such as COD/TOC, BODg/COD, VS/FS, and total carbon present
in the free volatile fatty acids to TOC.  These ratios reflected results
of the extensive analysis of the organic matter in leachate and can be
used to predict the effectiveness of either biological or physical -
chemical treatment methods with a given leachate.  Some of these ratios,
such as COD/TOC, are also used as an internal check on the reliability
of the results of chemical analysis of leachate samples.

When the organic analysis was related to the leachate treatability, it
was noted that leachate collected from recently leaching landfills is
best treated by aerobic or anaerobic biological treatment processes as
they are most effective in removing the free volatile fatty acids that
are present in large quantities.  Physical-chemical treatment processes
are most effective in treating leachate from stabilized landfills or to
further remove organic matter in effluent of biological units treating
leachate.  Of all the physical-chemical processes evaluated, activated
carbon and reverse osmosis gave the best removal of organic matter.

-------
                             INTRODUCTION

 The  sanitary  landfill method for the ultimate disposal of solid
waste continues to be widely accepted and  used.   To minimize  environ-
 mental  insult,  it  is necessary that  the selection  of the site be given
 special attention  and that  the site  be properly designed, constructed,
 and  operated.   After the solid waste is placed   in the fill, problems
 may  still develop.  One such problem is caused by  infiltrating rainwater
 and  the subsequent movement of liquid (leachate)    out of the fill into
 the  surrounding soil.  This leachate often contains a high concentration
 of organic matter  and inorganic ions, including heavy metals.  A number
 of incidences have been reported where leachate has contaminated the
 surrounding soil and polluted an underlaying groundwater aquifer or
 nearby surface water.  In one of the recent cases of groundwater contam-
 ination by leachate, private wells located 300 m downstream from the
 Llangollon landfill (completed and closed in 1968)  in New Castle County,
 Delaware, were  heavily polluted and  subsequently abandoned (R. F. Weston
 Inc., 1974).  The  municipal water supply from Genesco, Illinois, was
 polluted by leachate from a garbage dump located about 500 m north of
 the well field, while private wells located about 200 m from a landfill
 in Kane County, Illinois, showed bacterial and chemical  pollution
 (Walker, 1969).  One way to avoid or correct such situations is to
 collect and treat  leachate.  Treatability of leachate, however, is
 related to its chemical  composition, especially the nature of the organic
 matter.

 The composition of leachate has been investigated in several  studies.
 One of the first studies, reported by Merz (1952),  was concerned with
 inorganic ions leached out of incinerator ash dumps.  Other studies,
 published later, were conducted with leachate generated  from sanitary
 landfills handling municipal solid waste (1954).   Lysimeter studies,
 conducted by Qasim and Burchinal  (1970),  Fungaroli  and Steiner (1971),

-------
Pohland (1972), and Pohland and Maye (1970),  determined organic matter
in addition to the inorganic constituents by  analyzing the leachate for
COD, BOD,  free volatile fatty acids, organic-nitrogen, and in one study
lignins and tannins.

An extensive chemical analysis of leachate generated from landfills
located in different parts of the United States was conducted at the
University of Illinois.  Particular emphasis  was given to detailed
chemical analysis of both the organic constituents and heavy metals.
Since the methods developed for organic analysis are elaborated and time-
consuming (DeWalle and Chian, 1974), a number of parameters were identi-
fied to represent the more complex actual composition of organic matter
in leachate.  Laboratory-scale biological and physical-chemical treatment
processes were evaluated for their ability to remove the individual con-
taminants in leachate.  Leachate from the pilot-scale lysimeter installed
at the University of Illinois was used throughout the treatability study.

-------
                        MATERIALS AND METHODS

Representative leachate samples from a number of completed lysimeters
and pilot- and field-scale sanitary landfills were carefully collected
and stored at refrigeration temperature (5°C) for analysis.  These sites
are located in the United States at representative locations and cover a
range of temperature and precipitation.regimens (Table 1).

The gross properties of leachate, such as chemical oxygen demand (COD),
total organic carbon (TOC), pH, conductivity, oxidation reduction poten-
tial (ORP), turbidity, suspended solids (SS), volatile solids (VS) and
nitrate (N03-N) etc., were immediately analyzed upon arrival in the
laboratory according to procedures outlined in Standard Methods (American
Public Health Association, 1971).  These were followed by extensive
analysis of the organic matter and heavy metals in leachate.

A unique and comprehensive fractionation scheme was developed for the
concentration and separation of organic compounds of various molecular
weights using ultrafiltration and reverse osmosis membranes and gel per-
meation chromatography.  A Hewlett Packard 5750 B gas chromatograph
equipped with a column containing a NPGS liquid phase  was used for the
analysis of free volatile fatty acids.  The heavy metals were determined
with atomic adsorption using a Beckman Unit, Model 485 (Fullerton, Ca.).
It was found that any analytical methods relying on colorimetric tech-
niques were undesirable with the undiluted leachate due to the interfering
color contributed by leachate, unless extensive dilution of samples was
practical  (Chian and DeWalle, 1975).  Standard addition methods were
employed to determine the magnitude of the interfering effect.

The leachate used to evaluate its treatability by biological and physical-
chemical processes was obtained from a laboratory lysimeter (1.52 m
diameter by 3.04 m high) containing 1620 kg of shredded (3.8 cm grate

-------
TABLE 1.—Description of Sites fromWhich Lcachate Samples were Collected





Location
(1)
University of Illinois
Urbana, 111.
Oscar Mayer Treatment
Plant Madison, Wise.


County of Sonoma,
Santa Rosa. Calif.

Cincinnati Boon County
EPA landfill, Ohio
Georgia Institute of Tech-
nology, Atlanta, Ga.


Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, College Park,
Drexel University.
Kennett Square, Pa.
Winnetka Landfill
Illinois

Dupage County Landfill
Illinois





Code
(2)
UI
UMC

MUNC

SONCON
SONREC
CINC
ATLCON
ATLREC


PACP-67
PHKS-12

LW-17
LW-5B

LW-5B
•Source: U.S. Department of Commerce



Solid
waste fill
characteristics
(3)
milled; indoor
lysimeter
unmilled. covered:
lysimeter
milled, uncovered:
lysimeter
control ; pilot fill
recirculation pilot fill
unmilled; pilot fill
control; lysimeter
recircuiation
lysimeter

unmilled; pilot fill
unmilled; pilot fill

field scale fill
field scale fill

field scale fill


Date
solid Date
waste samp.e
placed collected
(4) (5)
December 1972 February 1, 1973
August 1972 November 20, 1973

August 1972

October 1971 July 9, 1973

June 1971 October 2, 1973
September 1971 December 20, 1973
September 1971


November 1967 February 17, 1973
May 1966 February 15, 1973

December 1967 October 30, 1972
September 1956

Februarv 1959
Weather Characteristics"
Average
temperature,
in
degrees
Celcius
<6)
10.9
7.2



7.8

12.7
16.0



8.1
12.3

9.4





Rainfall,
in
millimeters
(7)
1.012
768



153

1,017
1,228



9SO
1,118

S06








References
(8)
This study
Reinhardt and Ham
(1973)


County of Sonoma
Emcon AssccM973)

Solid and Hazardous
Waste Research
Laboratory (1973)
Mao and Pohland
11973)


Apgar and Langmuir
(1971)
Fungaroli (197 1)

Hughes, et al.(1971)



National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Environmental Data Service. National Climatic Center, Ashville. N.C.

-------
opening) refuse obtained from the Hartwell section of Cincinnati, Ohio.
It was compacted to 0.33 ton/m3 (556.9 pound/yd3).  Water was applied
daily to bring the solid waste to field capacity within 30 days,  and
thereafter an equivalent of 0.89 mm precipitation per week was  added to
generate sufficient leachate for evaluation of leachate treatment methods,

-------
                         RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The composition of leachate samples from different sanitary  landfills,
as reported in the literature, show a large variation.   Table  2  summar-
izes these ranges of leachate composition;  these data show that  the age
of the landfill, and thus the degree of solid waste stabilization, has a
significant effect on the composition of leachate.  Other factors that
contribute to the variation of data are solid waste characteristics (e.g.,
the composition and size of the waste and degree of compaction), the
moisture content and degree of rainwater infiltration,  temperature,
sampling technique, and analytical  methods.  Other factors such  as land-
fill geometry and interaction of leachate with its environment prior  to
sample collection also contribute to the spread  of data.  Most of these
factors are rarely defined in the literature, making interpretation and
comparison with other studies difficult, if not  rather arbitrary.

The time lapse between sample collection and analysis is one such factor
that is seldom defined.  Figures 1  and 2 depict  changes in chemical
oxygen demand (COD), turbidity, color (absorbance at 400 nm  of the 1:10
diluted sample), pH, suspended solids (SS), oxidation reduction  potential
(ORP), and specific conductivity of leachate collected from  the  lysimeter
at  the University of Illinois.  Analyses were performed immediately  after
sampling and frequently during storage at 5°C in a capped bottle for  a
twelve day period  (17,280 minutes) during which time small aliquots were
removed for analysis.  It is seen from these figures that the ORP showed
the greatest change and became more positive immediately after sampling.
However, it stabilized after approximately one day  (1440 minutes),  indi-
cating that this parameter should be determined immediately at the  time
of  sampling.  The other parameters such as SS, color, and turbidity
started increasing in magnitude after approximately one day and, unlike
ORP, they continued to increase with time.  The sharp rise of these
parameters shown in Figure 1 and 2 is amplified by  the  use of the loga-
rithmic time scale.  As expected, these changes were observed to occur
more rapidly when  the sample was exposed to aerobic conditions and  stored
at  room temperature (Chian and DeWalle, 1975).

-------
                           Table 2.   Composition of Leachate from  Different  Sources
                                     as  Measured by Different Researchers
oo
Source
Parameter
Tine Span
(year)
COD
BOD 5
TOC
pH
TS
TDS
TSS
Specific
Conductance
Alkalinity
(CaCOa)
Hardness
(CaC03)
Total P
Ortho-P
NH4-N
N03+N02-N
Ca
Cl
Na
Sulfate
Kn
Mg
Fe
Zn
Cu
Pb

SHWRL (1973)
Cincinnati
1

16,000-22,000
7,500-10,000
5.2-6.4
10,000-14,000
10,000-14,000
100-700

6,000-9,000

800-4,000
3,500-5,000
25-35
23-33

0.2-0.8
900-1,700
600-800
450-500
295-310
400-650
75-125
160-250
210-325
10-30



NOTE: All figures in rng/t
* Based on 20 Day 30D
Fungaroli
(1973)
Drexel U.
2

1,000-51,000
3.7-8.5
0-42,000
10-26,500



0-9,700
0-5,500
0-130

0-482

4.7-2,340
0-7,700
25-450

0-1,716
0-167
0.9-9


Reinhart and
Ham (1973)
3.5

2,700-10,650
1,550- 3,450
5.9-3.1
4,028- 7,790




1 ,800
1,400
12



80
400
20
330
5.5



Hughes
et al .
(1971)
Dupaqe
LH-5B
5.5

8,000
14,000*
6.3

6,794



5,810
2,200h
1.2


0.7A
308
1,330
810
610
2
0.06
450
6.3
0.4
v-0.5
<0.05
0.5
Huahes
et'al.
(1971)
Dupaqe
M:-i-63
8.5

2,940
4,550*


5,910



4,720
2,250+
0.17


0.5A
447
946
615
220
1
0.09
725
12
0.05
<0.5
<0.05
1.0
Huahes
et'al .
(1971)
Dunace
MM-61
14.5

360
125*


1,104



1,630
690+
0.3


0.14A
156
205
63
85
i
0.24
110
106
0.10
<0.5
<0.05
1.0
Hughes
et al.
(1971)
Dunaqe
LW-6i:
16.0

40
225*
7.0

1,198



2,250
540+
8.9


1.6
102
135
74
100
2
0.06
90
0.6
4.5
<0.5
-0.05
1.0
except Specific Conductance which is measured as pmhos/cm and
Hughes
et"al .
(1971)
Winnntka
LH-17
2.1

4,260
6,500*


2,306



3,370
2.'s


0 5A
"100
429
298
168
13.6
1.14
198
96
1.5
<0.5
<0.05
1.0
pH as pH
Hughes
et el.
(1S71)
Winnetka
LK-5B
12.5

415
250*


994



3,030
970+
2. 75


0.43A
109
701
348
220
1
0.1
200
13.6
0.6
<0.5
<0.05
0.5
units
Hughes
et al.
(1971)
'•.'inr-etka
LW-13
1C. 1

153
105*


584



1 ,450
71 0+
1 .3


0.2A
'l09
70
34
39
i;
•J
0.2
75
11
0.1
<0.5
<0.05
1 0
1 * U
Merz
(1974)
Riverside
B-l
1 . O

81-33,100
R fi - 7 f,
•J . U / .O




730-9.500
'650-8,120
I; . i. ~ L. y
On o (-..-v
.2-3^0
115-2,570
96-2,350
85-1 ,805
23-1,860

64-410
6.5-305




* Blackwell value calculated from Hg and Ca Concentration
A Using
only NO analyses, NO not
determined









-------
                     Table 2 continued
V£>
Meichtry (1971) Sonotiia (1973)
Mission Canyon
County of County of
Parameter
Time Span
COD
B005
TOC
1 WU
pH
TS
TDS
TSS
Specific
Conductance
Alka 1 inity
(,CaC03)
Hardness
Total P
Orthc P
N03-I-N02-N
Ca
Ci
Na
K
S04
Mn
Mg
Fe
Zn
Cu
Cd
Pb
3-18-68
>3
76,800
10,900
5.75
44,900
172


9,860
22,800
0.24
o
7,200
660
767
68
1,190
15,600
2,820




3-24-71
>6
3,042
903
7.4
13,409
220


8,677
8,930
0.65
270
216
2,355
1,160
440
19
8,714
4.75




Control
2
3,260-22,400
2,250-19,200
4.7-5.4
724-14,080
16-200


240- 3,920
0-2.8
0-81
0-0.90
20-1,082
55- 490
80- 338
4.8- 1 48
20- 250
2.6- 608
22-1,050
0.23-9.0
0.2-0.44
0

Recirculate
2
22,700-89,520
15,500-33,600
4.6-6.5
14,600-21,010
22-600


1,680- 7,900
1.4-79.2
880-194
0-4. It,
561-1 ,800
920-1 ,565
408-1 ..010
260-910
257-1 ,0<0
316-672
165-300
85-95
<0.2-0.4
<0. 05-0. 1 6
<0. 0-2.0
Qasiir. and
Burchinal
(1970)
Cylinder C
0.33
24,200-33,360
5.25-5.88
36,250-59,200



16,200-20,850
8,580-10,950
87-128
828-1.106
2,405-2,790
1,465-2,310
871-1,439
2,970-3,770
320-768
325-420
546-860




Pohland
(1972) Ga.
Inst. Tech
Control
3
4,320-12,000
2,500-11 .COO
1,230- 5,000
5.2-5.6
2,442-12,500
34-610


558-2,280
450-1,940
2.8-26
56-137
125-750
98-385
64-143

81-156
3-1U
26-75
9-95




Pohland
(1973) Ga.
Inst. Tech
Recircul ate
3
4,280-9,288
2,750-6,900
256-2,793
4.8-5.4
1,627-6,918
12-385


302-1 ,370
370-1 ,040
0.65-22
68-114
60-435
Sl-2^3
62-109

1 2-1 33
4-65
17-63
4-110




Range of
A"! ! Val ves

40-89,520
81-33,360
256-28,000
3.7-8.5
0-59,200
584-44,900
10-700
2,810-16,300

0-20,350
o -?_,-? oo
0-22,800
0-130
6. 5-85
0-1,106
0.2-10.29
60-7,200
4.7-2,467
0-7,700
2C-3 .770
1- 1 ,Cbci
0.03-125 -
17-15.600
0-2,820
On "i n
- J / U
0-9. 9
0.03-17
<0. 10-2.0

-------
10-
                                   100          1000
                                      Time, min.
IOOOO
  Figure  1.  Changes in Chemical Oxygen Demand, Turbidity, Color,  and  Conductivity
               of Leachate During Storage at 5°C in a Capped Bottle

-------
1000-
500-
                   10
                                                                      --IOO
                                                                   5.9
                                                                                5.8
                                                                                5.7
                                                                                   x
                                                                                   a.
                                                                                5.6
                                                                                5.5
                     100           1000

                        Time,  min,
10,000
  Figure 2.
Changes  in Oxidation Reduction Potential (ORP) pH and Suspended Solids

      (SS) of Leachate During Storage at 5°C in a Capped  Bottle

-------
The changes that took place with the color parameter corresponded  to  a
visual change of the sample color from light yellow to dark brown,  as
reported by many other investigators, and are caused  by the oxidation
of the ferrous ion to the ferric form.   The latter then forms ferric
hydroxide colloids which contribute to the brownish color of leachate
and the increase in suspended solids containing large quantities of iron.
As a result of this, turbidity also increases with  time of storage.
Since a daily sample was taken from the container, exposure of the
leachate remaining in the container to atmospheric oxygen is the major
cause contributing to the decrease in COD and the increase in suspended
solids.  Storage under anaerobic conditions and at low  temperature is
therefore necessary.  Thus, the necessity of establishing strict sam-
pling procedures and testing schedules for leachate analysis is evident.
Since the samples had to be collected from different parts of the  United
States, it was not practical to conduct on-site measurements; the  most
sensitive parameters however, were measured in the laboratory within  48
hours after collection.  The remaining gross properties of leachate
samples were analyzed within two weeks after sample collection while
being stored at 5°C.

Results of chemical analysis of leachate samples collected from the
different sites are presented in Table 3.  It 1s seen from Table 3 that
there is a wide variation in concentrations of organic matter in leachate
as measured by the gross properties of COD, TOC, and BODg.  Values of COD
vary from 71,670 mg/1 with leachate sample "MUNC" obtained from an 8-
month old uncovered landfill containing mulled refuse to 412 mg/1  with
sample "LW-17" obtained from an approximately 17-year old landfill.  The
concentration of inorganics as measured by fixed solids (FS) also
                                    12

-------
             TABLE 3.—Composition of Leachate from Different Sources as Measured at the University of Illinois (Ul)
Sourc*
parameter.
in
milligram!
par liter
(1)
COD
TOC
BOD,
Bicarbonate alkalinity
(CaCO,)
pH (pH unit)
Conductance, in micro-
mhos per centimeter
ORP, in millivolts
Turbidity, in Jackson
lurbidit) units
SS
FSS
TS
FS
Org-N
NH4-N
NO -N
NOj-N
Total-P
Ortho-P
Cl
Ca
Mg
Fe
Na
K



Ul
(2)
49,300
17,060
24,700
668
563
13.700
-60
75
139
92.5
33.989
15,5*6
544.7
392.6
0.5
BDL"
21.5
6.5
I.IIO
1.480
3,750
650
2,200
1.360
1,140



MUNC
(3)
71.680
27,700
57.000
459
5.97
16.800
-132
84)
202
167
55.348
22.895
945
1,028
10.25
O.O4
98
29
1,558
2,467
3.900
1.140
1,046
1.580
2.300



UMC
(4)
16.580
5,906
9.960
284
5.59
5,420
-220
270
192
110
7.930
3,475
78.5
347.4
4.25
0.04
85
85
77
474
572
220
91
330
900



SONCON
(S)
12.800
4.476
8.100
1.576
5.09
10.000
+68
110
55
26.5
12,579
5,823
1074
2
7.12
BDL
1.20
0.80
181
462
1.030
515
301
240
74



SONREC
(6)
12.050
3.921
9,300
1,265
5.99
12.500
-95
96
204
91
14.643
6,647
257.4
254.5
1.80
BDL
28.8
22
176
1.010
1.220
750
540
675
300



CINC
(7)
45,750
13.840
22,000
175
525
9.450
NM*
71
8.9
75
32.145
13.603
31
247.7
9.8
0.19
31.6
28
909
2,0%
2.325
530
735
750
860



ATLCON
(8)
7,021
3,273
4.410
142
5.72
2,810
+72
23
472
277
4.120
2,273
27.8
49.2
6.5
BDL
1.85
1.7
103
lift
520
52.5
810
75
620



ATLREC
(9)
134
93.2
6.4
1,025
6.62
978
+ 130
61
68
36
911
RI2
1.4
0.4
BUL
0.5
0.25
30.3
60.6
133
35
U.5

147
•Not Measured.
••Below Delectable Limits.
PACP-
67
(10)
2.062
'MO
I. ISO
1 49
6.46
l.5*>
-7'
43
163
1375
2,091
1.294
4.4
21.3
0.90
BDl.
0.70
0.55
19.5
50.2
215
75
560
17.5
35

PHKS-
12
(ID
3.X06
1,303
nnC
I5K
6.37
3.115
-75
58
923
901
4.225
2.706
2(1.1
62.2
1 23
BDl.
4.35
34
29
265
330
S8
330
113
70


I.W-5B
(12)
412.1
210
55.2
3,520
7.15
4,515
-H63
625
386
246
2.704
2.072
8.4
299.5
0.55
0.05
138
3.0K
7.4
715.5
76
186
40
370
450


LW-17
<13i
31.1
70
3.9
1.301)
^.25
1.4(10
•i97
I3li
226
1:8
1 .458
1.144
3.2
3.S
0.45
(l.0f>
4.%
2 73
3'J.5
IV7.4
2M
HI
1 5
91
39


-------
 fluctuates  from a  high  value of 22,895 mg/1 to a low value of 812 mg/1.
 Other organic  and  inorganic contaminants also follow the trend of a
 decrease  in  strength with the increase in age of the landfills.

 Since the concentration of the different pollutants will show a consid-
 erable  variation on a day-to-day basis, it is more beneficial to use the
 ratios  of different parameters instead of their absolute values.  Further
 analysis  of  data in Table 3 reveals that many ratios of chemical prop-
 erties, such as COD/TOC, BOD/TOC, VS/FS, S04/C1, etc., reflect the com-
 position  of  the organic matter in leachate and are in turn related to the
 age of  the  landfill.  The parameter found to be useful in relating to the
 composition  of organic matter was the ratio of chemical oxygen demand to
 total organic  carbon (COD/TOC) (DeWalle and Chian, 1974).

 The change in  the  COD/TOC ratio with the age of the landfills or lysi-
 meters  is shown in Figure 3a.   These ratios were calculated and plotted
 from data shown in Table 3.   It can be seen from Figure 3a that the COD/
 TOG ratio tends to decrease as the age of the landfill increases and this
 ratio varied from  3.3 for a relatively young fill to 1.16 for an old fill.
 The maximum  possible COD/TOC ratio for several  organic compounds is 4.0,
 and it can be as low as 1.3 for organics containing carboxyl  groups
 (Rickert  and Hunter, 1971).   A decrease in this ratio in the leachate
 samples represents a more oxidized state of the organic carbon which
 becomes less readily available as an energy source for microbial growth.
 These organics are generally degradation products of microbial activity
 and increase as the age of the landfill increases.   The resulting leach-
 ate thus becomes less amenable to biological  treatment.

The decrease in COD/TOC ratio  is reflected by a gradual change of the com-
position of the organic matter as measured with theBOD^or free volatile
 fatty acids test.   Since the biochemical  oxygen demand (BOD)  test 1s
predominantly a biological  test, it generally reflects the b1odegradab1lity
of the organic matter in leachate and is,  therefore,  in itself a direct
                                     14

-------
                              Time,  years
  Figure 3.   Changes of Ratios of COD/TOC and  Free  Volatile Fatty
Acids as Percentage of TOC of the Sample Versus  Age of the Landfill
                               15

-------
 measure of the treatability of leachate by  biological  processes.   Similar
 to COD/TOC ratio,  the BOD/COD ratio shows a decrease  as  the  age of the
 landfills  increase (Figure 3b).   This  relationship  corroborates results
 from a  recent study of Miller ejt aj_.,  (1974).   The  calculated  ratio of
 BOD/COD based on  his data  showed a  decrease from  0.47  to 0.07  within a
 period  of  twenty-three years.   They are compared  to a  decrease from 0.8
 to 0.048 as found  in this  study  within  a time  span  of  seventeen years
 (Figure 3b).   The  BOD test,  however, is subject to  more  variation  than
 the TOC analysis,  since the  value obtained  depends  on  the dilution of the
 leachate and  the amount of seed  added.   Readily oxidizable inorganics
 such as Fe   will  contribute  to  both COD and BOD  values;  however,  their
 effect  was found to  be  relatively small.  It is even further reduced by
 taking  the ratio of  the two  parameters.

      Specific organic analysis showed that  the  free volatile fatty acids
 constituted the main  fraction  present in leachate.  Since free volatile
 fatty acids are readily biodegradable (Chian and  DeWalle, 1975), a
 decrease in the ratio of carbon  present  in  free volatile  fatty acids to
 TOC  corroborates the decrease  in BOD/COD ratio.   Figure 4b depicts the
 decrease.of this ratio  from 0.49 to 0.05 with increasing  age of the
 landfill.   Measurement  of  the  individual volatile acids using GC, showed
 a  relative increase  in  odd numbered fatty acids.  The  ratio of carbon
 present in the odd- and  even-number volatile free fatty acids found in the
 present study increased  from 0.27 to 0.55 during  the first two-year
 period  when appreciable  amounts of fatty acids are present in leachate.
Acetic  acid is the main  catabolic product produced by microorganisms
 during  anaerobic fermentation.  This is followed  by condensation reac-
 tions to form other acids of higher molecular weight such as butyrate.
The  formation of odd numbered fatty acids occurs when repeated catabolic
and anabolic metabolisms proceed in the presence of microorganisms
responsible for producing them.  The increase in  the odd-number fatty
acids,  such as propionic and valeric has been reported by Burchinal
(1970),  Songonuga  (1969) and Thompson (1969) to form at the later stage
of leachate production.
                                    16

-------
   0.5
                                 4b
                                         10

                                Time, years
15
Figure 4.   Changes  of  Ratios of Volatile Solids/Fixed Solids (VS/FS)  and
         BOD/COD  of Leachate Samples Versus the Age of Landfills
                                 17

-------
Due to its initially biodegradable nature,  the organic compounds  decrease
more rapidly than the inorganics with increasing age of landfill.   The
decrease of organics is due to anaerobic methane fermentation and  washout.
The inorganics only decrease due to washout by infiltrating rainwater.
The ratio of total volatile solids to total fixed solids (VS/FS)  there-
fore decreases with the age of the fill  (Figure 4a).  It is seen  that
this ratio decreases gradually from a value of 2.0 for a relatively
young fill to 0.2-0.25 for old landfills.  Such a decrease was in  corrob-
oration to results of Qasim and Burchinal (1970).  It was found that the
calculated ratio of this parameter decreased from 2.06 to 1.64 and from
1.88 to 1.45 during a period of 121 days and 163 days with leachate
obtained from simulated landfills having a  depth of 3.5 m  and 2.3 m,
respectively.

Other parameters, such as sulfate to chloride ratio, oxidation reduction
potential (ORP) and pH, also reflect the degree of stabilization  of the
landfill and thus the leachate generated from the fill.  Figure 5a
depicts the decrease of the ratio of sulfates to chlorides in leachate
with respect to the age of the landfill  obtained from this study.   This
rapid decrease is attributed to the decrease in concentration of  sulfates
as a result of anaerobic conditions prevailing in the landfill in  which
sulfate is reduced to sulfide.  The latter  is precipitated out with iron
and other heavy metals.  A similar decrease in this ratio was calculated
from data reported by Pohland (1972) with leachate generated from both the
control and the recirculating landfills. Since chlorides represent a
nonbiodegradable parameter, it can be used  to assess the extent of
leachate contamination (Anderson and Dornbush, 1967).

The trend in the S04/C1 ratio is inversely  related to the ORP parameter.
The largest decrease in SCL/C1 ratio corresponds with the lowest  ORP
values confirming the high degree of anaerobiosis in the landfill.  The
increase in ORP readings with time, as shown in Figure 5b, also reflects
the degree of stabilization of leachate. Figure 5c shows the increase
                                    18

-------
       1,0
      0,8
      0,6
      0,4
      0,2
                                    5a
a.

-------
 in pH  of leachate  with  time,  which  reflects  the  decrease of the concen-
 tration  of the partially ionized  free  volatile fatty acids.

 The potential  use  of these  parameters  is twofold.   It can be used to
 establish a  generalized trend between  the  leachate composition and the
 age of the landfill,  and can  be employed as  an internal check on the con-
 sistency of  the analytical  results.  The COD/TOC ratio, for example, can
 be used  to determine  the reliability of either the COD or TOC measure-
 ments.   If the results  of the analysis of  a  given leachate sample yield
 a  ratio  of COD/TOC  greater  than the theoretical maximum value of 4.0 for
 soluble  organics,  either the  COD  or TOC value is in question.

 The ultimate goal of  relating these parameters to the composition of
 organic  matter and  the  age  of the landfill,  is, however, to establish
 useful criteria for the choice of specific treatment processes best suited
 for the  removal of  organic  contaminants from leachate.  Several investi-
 gators have studied the treatment of sanitary landfill leachate and prom-
 ising  results  have  been  obtained with a number of treatment processes.
 Review of results of  their  studies indicates that the specific process
 suitable for the treatment  of a given leachate is related to its chemical
 composition which  is  in  turn  related to the degree of stabilization of
 the refuse or  the age of the  landfill.  The second phase of this study
was  therefore  conducted to  relate the performance of each treatment method
to  the composition of the organic matter in leachate.   Since this  approach
 is  elaborate and time-consuming, several  leachate parameters were selected
to  predict the effectiveness  of each treatment process.  Determining the
value of these parameters and  knowing the age of the landfill  will  enable
the  design engineer to  select suitable treatment processes for the
removal  of organic matter in  leachate.

Understanding the removal efficiencies of each treatment process requires
a basic  knowledge of the mechanisms resulting in the removal  of specific
organic fractions in leachate.   Chian and  DeWalle (1975b)  studied the
                                    20

-------
aerobic biodegradation of leachate collected from a lysimeter having an
age of five months and showed four distinct phases of substrates utili-
zation by microorganisms.  Carbohydrates were found to be utilized in
the first phase followed by uptake of fatty acids in the second phase.
Catabolites, such as amino acids, accumulated during the active phase
of acid metabolism, were found to be assimilated in the third phase.  The
humic carbohydrate-like materials, having a molecular weight greater than
50,000, which were accumulated in the third phase, were removed in the
fourth phase.  The resulting residual refractory organic matter remaining
beyond the fourth phase consisted mainly of fulvic acid-like materials
with a molecular weight predominantly between 500 and 10,000.  DeWalle
and Chian (1974) showed that the high-molecular-weight humic-carbohydrate
fraction affected bacterial flocculation.  This high-molecular-weight
fraction was poorly removed by activated carbon treatment of the activated
sludge effluent, while the low molecular weight fulvic acid-like
materials were removed effectively (DeWalle and Chian, 1974b).   Both
the humic and fulvic substances are relatively inert to biological
degradation.  Based on these findings, it is anticipated that leachate
generated from young fills in which the organic matter mainly consists
of free volatile fatty acids, can be readily degraded by biological means.
Leachate from old fills containing organics corresponding to the refrac-
tory material excreted by microorganisms in the later two phases of
substrate utilization, is more amenable to physical-chemical treatment.

Aerobic biological treatment of leachate has been studied by many inves-
tigators as summarized in Table 4.  Between 58 and 99% removal  of COD
was accomplished by either aerated lagoon or activated sludge systems.
The range of BOD/COD of leachate fed to these systems varied between
0.45-0.81.  All leachate samples employed in these studies were obtained
from recently installed landfills and lysimeters.  Leachate treatment
using anaerobic digesters or anaerobic filters resulted in COD removals
of 87 to 99% (Table 4).  The BOD/COD ratio's of the leachate samples
used for these studies ranged from 0.45 to 0.81.  Results of the present
                                    21

-------
TABLE 4.—Result of Treatment Efficiences Obtained in Different Biological Treatment
Studies
Bio-
logical
process
(1)
Aerobic









Anaerobic













Aerobic/
Anaerobic











Author
(2)
Boyle and
Ham 
Roy Weston
Inc.HW
This study
Boyle and
Ham 



Rogers (1*73)



This study

Boyle and
Ham »»74>



Foree and
Reed .(!»»>


This study



Ini-
tial
COD
(3)
8.8(10

15.800

3.550
500

139

30,000
10.600

12,900

16,500

5,500

1,300



30.000

—




510



1,000



BOO/
COD
W>
0.80
COD /
TOC
(5)
—

0.45

0.64
0.52

0.03

0.65
0.79

0.45

0.62

0.78

0.81



0.65

0.18




—



—



3.45

3.20
1.56

2.1

2.9
_

281

2.92

2.82

—



2.90

—




2.53



2.35



Treatment
system
(6)
Aerated lagoon

Aerated lagoon

Aerated lagoon
Aerated iagoon

Aerated lagoon

Aerated lagoon
Anaerobic
digester
Anaerobic
digester
Anaerobic
digester
Anaerobic
digester
Anaerobic
filter using
lime treated
leachate
Anaerobic
filter
Aerated lagoon
treatment of
anaerobic di-
gester efflu-
ent
Aerated lagoon
treatment of
anaerobic fil-
ter effluent
Aerated lagoon
treatment of
anaerobi< fil-
ter effluent
Percent-
age
1 COD
re-
moval
(7)
74

98

77
58

0

99
93

92

99

93

87



97

40




22



17



Detan-
tion
time
'81
5d

10 d

0.6 d
0.3 d

7.7 d

Id
10 d

10 d

lid

10 d

1.2 d



27 d

*d




1 d



Id



                                    22

-------
study on treatment of leachate with activated sludge, aerated lagoon
and anaerobic filter agree well with the above studies in that leachate
collected from recently installed fills is amenable to both aerobic and
anaerobic biological treatment.

Only one study tested the effectiveness of activated sludge treatment of
leachate obtained from a 6-year old completed landfill (R.  F. Weston Inc,
1974).  Results of that study showed no decrease in COD after an aera-
tion period of 184 hours due to the refractory nature of the organics
as reflected by the ratios for COD/TOC and BOD/COD of leachate samples
which were as low as 2.1 and 0.03, respectively.  Thus, biological
processes are not effective to remove organics in leachate  from stabil-
ized landfills that have been generating leachate for a substantial
time period.  A similar observation was made in the present study.   It
was found that the percentage COD removal  in the anaerobic  filter
decreased with decreasing BOD/COD ratio's  of the leachate from the
laboratory-scale lysimeter.

These results are further substantiated by studies on aerobic treatment
of effluents from anaerobic filters and anaerobic digesters treating
leachate (Table 4).  Boyle and Ham (1974)  reported that only 40%
removal of the COD material in effluent from the anaerobic  digester
was accomplished by polishing it with an aerobic process.  The BOD/COD
ratio of the effluent from the anaerobic digester was 0.18  as compared to
0.80 for thfc untreated leachate.  Poor COD removal in effluents from
anaerobic filters when treated with aerobic biological processes was
also experienced by Foree and Reid (1973)  and DeWalle and Chian (1976)
(Table 4).  Comparison of the COD/TOC and  BOD/COD ratios of effluent
from anaerobic  units treating leachate with those determined in leachate
from landfills having different ages (Figure 3a and 3b) shows that  the
effluent of anaerobic processes is comparable to leachate from landfills
of intermediate age.  Since a substantial  part of the biodegradable
organic matter is already removed in the landfill, biological treatment
                                   23

-------
 methods are only moderately effective in removing the remaining  organic
 matter in leachate.

 No systematic studies have been conducted using  anaerobic  lagoons.
 Nordstedt (1970) observed  a 70% BOD removal  in  the holding pond  having
 an influent BOD of 778 mg/1.   Davies (1973),  however,  only observed
 an 11% BOD reduction at a  detention time of  12.5 days.  These results
 therefore tend to indicate that biological processes  are only effective
 when the leachate is in constant contact with the bacterial  solids.
 None of the studies  indicated  the need  to remove heavy metals prior to
 biological  treatment.   Formation of metal  hydroxides  in aerobic  systems
 and  formation of metal  sulfides under anaerobic  conditions will
 effectively eliminate the  majority of the heavy  metals present in
 leachate.

 Several  studies  have tested the effectiveness of physical-chemical treat-
 ment of  both raw leachate  and  biologically treated  leachate  samples.
 Chemical  precipitation  of  leachate from  a  recently  leaching  landfill was
 reported  by several  investigators  (Table  5) and  a COD reduction of 0
 to 40% in  leachate having  BOD/COD  ratio's of  0.04 to 0.75.   In spite of
 relatively  low COD removals, chemical precipitation was found by most
 investigators  to be  very effective  in removing color and iron from
 leachate.   However,  relatively  large  dosages of  lime were required
 (Table 5).

 The  above results can be explained by a related study reported by Chian
and  DeWalle  (1976) which showed  that lime treatment predominantly
removed the fraction of organic matter having a  molecular weight larger
 than 50,000.  This fraction is  initially present in relatively low
concentrations in young leachate and almost absent in old leachate.
Since  the 50,000 molecular weight fraction was found to increase and
 then decrease during  the last phase of substrate utilization, lime
treatment will be most effective with leachate from medium aged
                                   24

-------
TABLE 5.—Results of Treatment Efficiencies Obtained in Different Physical-Chemical
Treatment Studies
Treatment
process
(1)
Chemical
Precipita-
tion

























Activated
Carbon
and Ion-
Exchange
Adsorp-
tion





















Author
(2)
Cook and Force
<»74)
Ho. et al (|»74)









Karr (1912)




Roy Western Inc.
Rogers (l«73>
Simensen and
nitial
COD
131
14.900

9.100
M.IOO
10.800
558


366



4.800




139
3.400
1.240
Odegaa,d(l»7l>


Thornton and
Blanc (l»73)
Van Fleet, et al.
(1174)
This study
Cook and Foree
(W14I








Ho. et al (1974)



K«rrKH71) '

Pohlandand
K»ng(|»i5)




Roy Weston Inc.

Van Fleel. et al.
(1*74)

1.234
1.234
5.0J3
12.923
2.0UO

2.820
330





3.290



4.920

7.213

5.500

184


120


127

2.000


BOD/
COD
(4)
0.45

0.75
0.75
0.74
0.27


U.ll



0.66




0.04
0.81
0.66

0.68
0.68
0.60
0.57
0.36

0.65
0.07





0.45



0.75

0.75

0.66

0.18


0.18


0.04

0.36


COD/
TOC
(5)
.'.45

—
—
—
—


—



2.73




2.1
—
2.78

2.88
2.88
—
—
—

2.89
2.57





3.45



—

	

2.73

1.5


1.5


2.1

—


Treatment
system
IS)
Line

Ferric chloride
Aium
Lime
Lime treatment of
anaerobic Ji^estor
effluent
Lime treatment of
anaerobic digestor
effluent polished
by aerated lagoon
Alum and lime


FerrosuJfate

Lime
Lime
Lime and Aeration

Iron and aeration
Alum and aeration
Lime
Lime
Alum

Lime
Activated carton
batch treatment of
aerated lagoon
effluent


Activated carbon
column treatment
of litrte pretreated
teas hate
Activated carbon.
batch
Activated Carbon.
column
Activated carbon
batch
Carbon batch treat-
ment of activated
sludge effluent
Ion exchange treat-
ment of activated
sludge effluent
Activaled carbon.
batch
Activated carbon
column treatment
of leachate
Per-
centage
COD
removal
17)
13

16.3
5.3
?.S
t ^


:*



40


13

0
0
Dosages
(8)
2.760 mg/KalCHl,

I.IXIO mg/l
l.'.XX)'ng/l
1,840 mg/l
2.700 mg, i


, .400 mg/l



2 .250 mg/l
AI,(SO4),and
800 mg/l CaO
2.500 mj/l
FeS04 7H,0
I.OnOmg/l
I.OOOmg/!
8 2 10 ml saturated

0
11
24
26
31

26
'0





81



34

59

60

91


58


85

71


lime/! leachate
noOmg/l Fed,
i«0mg/l Alj(SO4),
l,350mg/I
1.200 mg/l
1.700 mg/l

450 mg/l
—





15 min HRT. after
initial volume
turnovers

16.000 mg/l

45 min HRT after 3
volume turnovers
160.000 mg/l

10.000 mg/l


5.000 mg/l cation
and Anionic resin
mixture
10.000 mg/l




                                      25

-------
TABLE 5.—Continued
(1)
























Chemical
Oxidation















Reverse
Osmosis















(2)




This study



















Cook and Force
(1*74)
Ho, et al(i«u>




Kan-OMZI
Roy Western Inc.



This study





Roy Western Inc.
This study














(31




632


546



527



932



522




330

1.500


7,162

4.800
139


139
1,230


627


265
53,330



33,300



900


536



(4)




0.65


<0.l



<0.l



—



<0.l




0.07

0.75


0.75

0.66
0.04


0.04
—


—


—
0.65



0.65



—


—



(SI




2.89


2.55



2.44



2.9



2.7




2.57

—


—

2.73
2.1


2.1
2.9


2.5


2.1
2.89



2.89



2.9


2.5



(6)
Activated curbon
column treatment
of alum pretreatcti
leachate
Activated carbon
column treatment
of leachate
Activated carbon
column treatment
of effluent of
aerated lugoon
Ion exchange col-
umn treatment of
effluent of aerate*!
lagoon
Activated carbon
column treatment
of effluent of
anaerobic filter
Activated carbon
column treatment
of aerated efflu-
ent of
anaerobic filter
Chlorination

Chloritution with
calcium hypo-
chlorite
Ozonatton

Chlorination
Chlorination with
calcium hypo-
chlorite
Ozonation
Ozonation of an-
aerobic filter ef-
fluent
Ozonation of aerat-
ed lagoon effluent

Reverse osmosis
Reverse osmosis of
leachate at pH
5.5, cellulose ace-
tate membrane
Reverse osmosis
of leachate at
pH 8.0. cellulose
acetate memb.
Reverse osmosis of
anaerobic filter ef-
fluent DuPont 8-9
Reverse osmosis of
aerated lagoon ef-
fluent, cellulose
acetate membrane
(7)
94



70 decreased to
13 after 140 B\

70



50



50



70




33

i


37

22
0


22
37


48


80
56



89



98


95



(8)
























65 ml bleach /I
sample
8.000 mj/l Ca(CIO);
after 1 hr

4 hr, 7,700 mg
Oj/1 • hr.
2.000 mg/l Cl,
1.000 mg/ 1 Ca(CIO),


4hr34mgO,/l • hr
3hr. 600mgO,/i • hr


3hr, 400 mg
O,/l ;lir.

80% Permeate yield
50% Permeate yield



50% permeate yield



77% permeate yield


30% permeate yield



        26

-------
fills.  Low COD removals are therefore observed at both high and low
BOD/COD ratio's while it is largest for intermediate BOD/COD ratio's.
This mechanism is further supported by results of Ho et al_. (1974)
who showed that the COD removal improved from 3 percent to 29 percent
when the leachate was pretreated by aerobic processes.

Activated carbon treatment of raw leachate generally gives better removal
of organic matter than is observed with chemical precipitation (Table 5).
Using relatively large dosages of activated carbon, between 34 percent to
as high as 85 percent COD removals were obtained (Table 5).  Column
studies with activated carbon resulted in COD removals of 59 to 94
percent.  However, the column effluent was only evaluated for the first
few bed volumes.  A carbon column study of larger duration conducted in
this laboratory with a leachate having a COD/TOC ratio of 2.89, showed
an initial TOC removal of 70 percent which decreased to 13 percent
after 140 bed volumes indicating that treatment of leachate by activated
carbon is not feasible due to the large quantities of activated carbon
required.

The above studies were conducted using leachate obtained mostly from
young fills.  Since free volatile fatty acids are the main components
in such leachate, the overall removal  of organics by activated carbon
is not expected to be as high as compared with the more efficient
biological methods discussed previously.  Kipling (1965) reported
that activated carbon removal of acetic acid was never greater than
20 percent.  A recent study reported by Giusti et a_l_.  (1974) showed
that the percentage reduction by activated carbon of acetic, propionic
and butyric acids was 24, 33 and 60 percent, respectively*at a dosage
of 5,000 mg/1.  Although carbon adsorption increased as the homologous
series of acid in aqueous solution is  ascended (Traubes1 rule), valeric
and caproic acids are not present in large quantities in leachate.  The
variations in reported data on COD or TOC removal by activated carbon
in young leachate are therefore attributable to both the varying
                                   27

-------
 proportion of low and high molecular weight free volatile  fatty  acids
 and the varying magnitude of the volatile  fatty acid  fraction  as
 observed by Burchinal (1970)  Songanuga  (1969)  and in  the present
 study.

 Since the effluent of biological  units  treating leachate is comparable
 in organic matter composition to leachate  from an intermediate aged
 landfill, the results obtained in studies  treating  such effluent with
 activated carbon can  be  used  to  predict the effectiveness  of activated
 carbon  treatment of leachate  from intermediate aged fills.  Cook and
 Foree (1974)  and Pohland  and  Kang (1975) found that activated  carbon
 resulted in higher COD removals  from biologically pretreated leachate
 than  that from the untreated  leachate (Table 5).  The present  study
 showed  that organic matter  removal by activated carbon increased with
 increasing biological  stabilization  or  decreasing COD/TOC  ratio's.
 Increased adsorptive  capacities were  found  to  correspond with  leachate
 having  relatively  low free  volatile  fatty acid  fractions.

 Only  one study reported COD removal  by  activated carbon with old stabil-
 ized  leachate  having  a BOD/COD ratio  of 0.04 (R.  F. Weston Inc., 1974).
 It was  found  that  activated carbon was  able  to  reduce 85 percent of the
 COD.  The reported  surface concentration was 0.17 mg COD/mg activated
 carbon  which  is  high  as compared  to  values obtained for free volatile
 fatty acids.   DeWalle and Chian  (1974b)  have shown  that the major organic
 fraction removed by activated carbon  was a fulvic acid-like material
 having  a  molecular  weight (MW) between  500 and  10,000.  Since,  this MW
 fraction  increases  as  percentage of the organic matter as the age of
 the landfill increases, activated carbon is expected to be more
 effective  in treating  biologically stabilized leachate.

 Extensive studies have been reported on  the use of oxidants as  a means  of
 removing organic matter in leachate.   COD removals varying  between  0 and
48 percent  (Table 5) were obtained.  Results by Ho et  a!.,  (1974)
                                    28

-------
indicated that calcium hypochlorite produced the best results among all
the oxidants evaluated, such as chlorine,  potassium permanganate and
ozone.  Ozonation of leachate from an old  fill  was reported by R.  F.
Weston Inc, (1974) which showed a COD removal  of 22 percent after a
four-hour test.  All tests, however, showed that the use of oxidants
was less effective than activated carbon in removing the organic matter
from such stabilized leachate.  Ozonation  of leachate from a recently
generating landfill is also not promising  because of strong resistance
of fatty acids, especially acetic acid, to ozone.

Of all the physical-chemical methods evaluated in the present study,
reverse osmosis membrane treatment was found to be most effective in
removal of COD.  Between 56 and 70 percent removal of TOC was obtained
with the conventional cellulose acetate membrane while the removal
increased to 85 and 88 percent with the polyethylenimine, NS-100,
membrane at 85 percent product water recovery and 40.8 atm.  Since low
rejection of undissociated fatty acids by  membranes was responsible for
the leakage of TOC into the permeate (Chian and Fang, 1973), the
performance of the membrane process was improved to 85-88 and 93-94
percent respectively when the pH of the leachate was increased from
5.5 to 8.0.  Good TOC removal with cellulose acetate membranes was
also reported by R. F. Weston Inc, (1974)  with an old leachate having
an average BOD/COD of 0.05 and COD/TOC less than 2.  In addition to
efficient TOC removal, removal of total dissolved solids was as high
as 99 percent.  However, severe membrane fouling was experienced with
leachate and biological pretreatment of leachate prior to membrane
processes is necessary.

The studies summarized above clearly show that the use of physical-
chemical treatment processes treating young leachate does not produce
the degree of organic removal that can be accomplished with biological
processes.  However, good results are observed with stabilized leachate
collected from old fills.  Similar good results are obtainable with
                                   29

-------
leachate which has been stabilized biologically with both anaerobic and
aerobic processes.  Table 6 summarizes the proposed treatment processes
for leachate as characterized by four parameters that have to be known,
i.e., COD/TOC and BOD/COD ratios, absolute COD concentration and age of
the fill.  Using these values, a first approximation can be made to select
proper treatment processes for the removal of organic matter present in
leachate.  However, if there are less than four such parameters agreeable
to each other, more uncertainty is expected in the selection of the proper
treatment processes.

Since only a limited number of leachate samples were analyzed in the pre-
sent study, it was difficult to give the equivalent age of the so-called
young, medium, and old fills to indicate at what age of the landfill the
physical-chemical  methods become less effective than the biological
methods.   A larger number of leachate samples from landfills having dif-
ferent ages should therefore be analyzed for these parameters in relation
to their treatability.  However, the results in Figures 3 and 4 tend to
indicate that the leachate, which is amendable to biological treatment,
is generated from the first five years during the life of the landfill,
while the intermediate phase corresponds to an age of five to ten years.
Leachate generated after approximately ten years is best treated by phy-
sical-chemical methods.  These ranges of landfill ages are very tentative,
and will  depend on such factors as the duration of landfill  construction,
time for the fill  to reach field capacity, density of the refuse, etc.
The present conclusions are based on leachate samples collected from
widely different fill conditions, and therefore should be representative
of most situations.
                                   30

-------
TABLE 6.—Proposed  Ralationship between COD/TOC. BOD/COD, Absolute COD,
and Age of Fill To Expected Efficiencies of Organic Removal from Leachate
Character of Leachate





COO/
TQC
(1)
>2.S

2.0-2.8

<2.0






BOO/
COD
(21
>o.s

0.1-0.3

<0.1





Ag«
of
fill
13)
Young
<<5 yr)
Medium
(5yr-IOyr)
Old
OlOyr)




COO. in
milligrams
per liMr
(4)
> 10.000

500-10,000

<500

Effectiveness of Treatment Processes



Biolog-
ical
treat-
ment
(51
Good

Fair

Poor

Chem-
ical
precipi-
tation
(mast
lima
dose)
(6)
Poor

Fair

Poor


Chem-
ical
oxida-
tion.
Ca
(CIO),
(7)
Poor

Ftir

T»it







o,
(8)
Poor

Fair

Fair




Re-
verse
os-
mosis
(9)
Fair

Good

Good




Acti-
vated
car-
bon
(10)
Poor

Fair

Good




Ion
ex-
change
resins
I")
Poor

Fair

Fair

                                 31

-------
                              REFERENCES
 Anaerobic  Biological Treatment Processes, Pohland, F. G., Editor, Advances
      1'n Chemistry Sev
      pp. 1-10  (1971),
in Chemistry Series  105,  American  Chemical  Society, Washington, D.C.,
         TWTT:
 Andersen, J.  R. and Dornbush, J. N.  "Influence of Sanitary Landfill on
     Ground Water Quality," Journal of American Hater Works Association,
     Vol. 59, No. 4, pp. 457-470 (1967).

 Apgar,  M. A.  and Langmuir, D.   "Groundwater Pollution Potential of a Landfill
     Above the Water Table," Ground Water. Vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 76-96 (1971).

 Bender, M. E. et aj_.,  "On the Significance of Metal Complexing Agents in
     Secondary Sewage Effluents," Environmental Science & Technology, Vol.
     4, No. 6, pp. 520-522 (1970).

 Boyle,  W. C.  and Ham, R. K.  "Treatability of Leachate from Sanitary Landfills,"
     Journal  Water Pollution Control Federation. Vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 860-875
     (1974).

 Burchinal, J. C.  "Microbiology and Acid Production in Sanitary Landfills,"
     A  summary report, U.S. Department of Health, Solid Waste Program Grant
     No. UI 00529, (1970).

 Chian,  S. K.  and Mateles, R.  I.   "Growth of Mixed Cultures on Mixed Substrates -
     1.  Continuous Culture,"  Applied Microbiology. Vol. 16, No.  9, pp.
     1337-1344 (1968).

 Chian,  E. S.  K., Cupta, A., and Fileccia, R. J., "Evaluation of Methods for
     the Recycle of Wastewater from Washracks Located at Army Installations,"
     Final Report, Contract No.  DACA 88-73-C-1004, Letter Report E-40,  CERL,
     Department of Army,  Champaign, Illinois (1974).

 Chian, E. S.   K., and Fang, H. H. P.  "Evaluation of New Reverse Osmosis
     Membranes for the Separation of Toxic Compounds from Water,"  AIChE
     Symposium Series, Water-1973,  pp.  497-507.

Chian, E. S.  K., and DeWalle, F. B., "Sequential Substrate Removal  in
     Activated Sludge Systems Fed with Naturally Ocurring Wastewater,"
     Progress  in Water Technology,  Vol.  7, No.  2,  pp.  235-241  (1975).

Chian,  E. S.  K.,  and DeWalle, F. B., "Compilation of Methodology Used for
     Measuring Pollution  Parameters of Sanitary Landfill  Leachate," Final
     Report,  Contract 68-03-2052, Solid  and Hazardous  Waste  Research
     Laboratory,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Cincinnati,  Ohio
     (1975).
                                      32

-------
Chian, E. S. K., and DeWalle, F. B., "Removal  of Organic Matter by Chemical
     Precipitation," Submitted to Journal  of Water Pollution Control  Federa-
     tion for publication (1976).

Chian, E. S. K., and DeWalle, F. B., "The  Composition of Organic Matter  in
     Sanitary Landfill Leachate," Paper accepted for publication in
     Environmental Science and Technology  (1975).

Cook, E. N. and Foree, E. G., "Aerobic Biostabilization of Sanitary Landfill
     Leachate," Journal Water Pollution Control  Federation,  Vol.  46,  No.  2,
     pp. 380-392 (1974).

Davies R., "The Hydrogeologist in Action," Mater and Pollution Control.  Ill,
     12, 21-25 (1973).

DeWalle, F. B. and Chian, E. S. K.,  "The Kinetics  of Formation of Humic
     Substances in Activated Sludge  Systems and  Their Effect on Flocculation,"
     Biotechnology and Bioengineering. Vol. 14,  No.  7,  pp.  739-755 (1974).

DeWalle, F. B. and Chian, E. S. K.,  "Removal  of  Organic Matter by Activated
     Carbon Columns," Journal of Environmental Engineering  Division,  ASCE,
     Vol. 100, No. EE5, pp.  1089-1104 (1974).

DeWalle, F. B.,  and Chian, E. S. K., "Treatment  of Leachate with Anaerobic
     Filter," Paper presented at the First Chem. Congress North America,
     Mexico City, Mexico (1976).

Foree, E. G. and Reid, V. M., "Anaerobic Biological  Stabilization of
     Sanitary Landfill Leachate," Technical Report TR 65-73-CE17, Department
     of Civil Engineering, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky (1973).

Fungaroli, A. A., "Pollution of Subsurface Water by Sanitary Landfills,"
     Report SW-12RG Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.  (1971).

Fungaroli, A. A., and Steiner, R. L., "Laboratory Study of the Behavior  of
     a Sanitary Landfill," Journal of Water Pollution Control Federation,
     Vol. 43, No. 2, pp. 252 (1971).

Giusti, D. M., Conway, R. A. and Lawson, C. T.,  "Activated Carbon Adsorption
     of Petrochemicals," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation,  Vol.
     46, No. 5,  pp. 947-965 (1974).

Ho, S., Boyle, W. C., and Ham, R. K., "Chemical  Treatment of Leachates
     from Sanitary Landfills," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation,
     Vol. 46, No. 7, pp. 1776-1791 (1974).

Hughes, G. M. e_t a_l_. "Hydrogeology of Solid Waste Disposal  Sites in
     Northeastern Illinois," Report SW-12d, U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Washington, D.C. (1971).
                                      33

-------
 Karr, P. R.  Ill,  "Treatment of Leachate from Sanitary Landfills," Special
     Research Problem, Georgia Institute of Technology, School of Civil
     Engineering , (1972).

 Kipling, J.  J. Adsorption from Solution of Non Electrolytes, Academic
     Press,  New York, N.Y. (1965).

 Knoch, J. and Stegman, R.  "Experiments of the Treatment of Landfill
     Leachate,"   Refuse and Waste (Germ.) Vol. 6, pp. 160-166 (1971).

 Mao, M. C. M., and Pohland, F. G.  "Continuing Investigations on Landfill
     Stabilization with Leachate Recirculation, Neutralization and Sludge
     Seeding," Special Research Report, Georgia Institute of Technology,
     School  of Civil Engineering, Atlanta, (1973).

 Meichtry, T. M.   "Leachate Control Systems," Paper presented at the Los
     Angelos Regional Forum on Solid Waste Management, (1971).

 Merz, R. C.  "Investigation of Leaching of Ash Dumps," Publication No.  2,
     State Water  Pollution Control Board Sacramento,  California (1952).

 Merz, R. C.  "Final Report on the Investigation of Leaching of a Sanitary
     Landfill," Publication No. 10,  State Water Pollution Control  Board,
     Sacramento, California (1954).

 Miller, D. W., DeLuca, F. A.  and Tessier, T. L.  "Ground Water Contamination
     in the  Northeast States," Report on Contract 68-01-0777,  Office  of
     Research and Development, USEPA, Washington , D.C. (1974).

 "Municipal Solid Waste Generated Gas and Leachate,"  Summary Report by
     Disposal Branch, Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory,
     National Environmental  Research Center, USEPA,  Cincinnati, Ohio
     (1974).

 Nordstedt, R. A., "Land Disposal  of  Effluent from a  Sanitary Landfill,"
     Journal Water Pollution  Control Federation.  Vol. 47,  7, pp.  1961-1970
     (1975).

 Pohland, F. G.,  "Landfill Stabilization with Leachate Recycle," Interim
     Progress Report, Grant EP 00658-01,  Solid Waste Research  Division,
     USEPA (1972).

Pohland, F. G.,  and Kang, S.  J.,  "Sanitary Landfill  Stabilization  with
     Leachate Recycle and Residual Treatment," AIChE  Sumposium Series,
     Water-!974.  II Municipal  Wastewater  Treatment,  pp.  308-318 (1975).

Pohland, F. G.,  and Maye, P.  E.,  "Landfill  Stabilization with  Leachate
     Recycle," Paper presented at the 3rd Annual  Environ.  Engr.  and Sci.
     Conference,  Louisville,  Kentucky,  (1970).
                                    34

-------
Qasim, S. R. and Burchinal, J. C., "Leaching of Pollutants from Refuse
     Beds," Journal Sanitary Engineering Division ASCE, Vol.  96, No.  SA1,
     pp. 49-56 (1970).

Qasim, S. R. and Burchinal, J. C., "Leaching from Simulated Landfills,"
     Journal Water Pollution Control  Federation, Vol.  42, No,  3,
     pp. 371-379 (1970).

Reinhardt, J. J., and Ham, R. K., "Final Report on a Demonstration Project
     at Madison, Wisconsin, to Investigate Milling of Solid Wastes Between
     1966 and 1972, Vol. 1,"  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
     of Solid Waste Management Program, Washington, D.C.  (1973).

Rickert, D. A. and Hunter, J. V., "General Nature of Soluble and Particulate
     Organics in Sewage and Secondary Effluent," Water Research, Vol.  5,
     pp. 421-436 (1971).

Rogers, W. P., "Treatment of Leachate from a Sanitary Landfill  by Lime
     Precipitation Followed by an Anaerobic Filter," M.Sc. Thesis Dept.
     of Civil Engineering, Clarkson College of Technology, 100 pp. (1973).

Simensen, T. and Odegaard, H., "Pilot Studies for the Chemical  Coagulation
     of Leachate," Norwegian Institute of Water Pollution Research, Blindern,
     Oslo, (1971).

Songanuga, 0. 0., "Acid, Gas and Microbial Dynamics in Sanitary Landfills,"
     Ph.D. Dissertation, West Virginia University, Morgantown,  West Virginia,
     (1969).

Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory "Interim Report 1, Test Cell
     1 Boon County Field Site," National Environmental Research Center,
     Cincinnati, Ohio (1973).

Standard Methods for the Examination  of Water and Wastewater,  13th ed.,
     APHA, AWWA, WPCF (1971).

Thompson, F. C., "Microbiology and Fatty Acid Production in Sanitary
     Landfills," M.S. Thesis, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West
     Virginia (1969).

Thornton, R. J.  and Blanc, F. C., "Leachate Treatment by Coagulation  and
     Precipitation," Journal Environmental Engineering Division ASCE,
     Vol. 99, No. E4, pp. 535-539 (1973).*

Van Fleet, S. R. et al_., "Discussion, Aerobic Biostabilization of Sanitary
     Landfill LeacFate," Journal  Water Pollution Control  Federation,  Vol.
     46, pp. 2611-2612 (1974]L

R. F. Weston Inc., West Chester, Pennsylvania (1974).

Walker, W. H., "Illinois Groundwater  Pollution," Journal  American Water Works
     Association, Vol. 61, pp. 31-40  (1969).

                                     35

-------
                                    Ill
    THE USE OF MEMBRANE ULTRAFILTRATION AND SPECIFIC ORGANIC ANALYSIS
           FOR CHARACTERIZATION OF ORGANIC MATTER IN LEACHATE

                              CONCLUSIONS

Membrane ultra-filtration, gel permeation chromatography, and specific organic
analysis were used to separate and determine the main classes of organics
present in variable strength leachate having COD values ranging from 81  to
71,680 mg/1.  Ultrafiltration (UF) of a leachate sample obtained from an
experimental lysimeter showed that 72.8% of the organics permeated the 500
MW UF membrane, and further analysis showed that most of these were present
as low molecular weight free volatile fatty acids.  Comparison of the gel-
permeation TOC distribution with the TOC in the retentate of the UF membranes
Indicated that the nominal molecular weight estimated from the membrane  ultra-
filtration is approximately four times higher than the absolute molecular
weight obtained with the former method.  Evaluation of the serial UF proce-
dure, using either membranes of stepwise increasing pore sizes or stepwise
decreasing pore sizes, showed that the presence of high molecular weight
organics and ferric hydroxides will decrease the molecular weight cutoff
of a membrane.  The nominal molecular weight cutoff of a membrane can
change by a factor of ten as a result of the sequence during the ultrafil-
tration.  It was therefore concluded that the parallel UF procedure resulted
in a more representative separation than the serial  procedure.

Further UF separation and gel permeation followed by specific organic
analysis and IR identification of the membrane-separated organics showed
that the next largest organic fraction was a fulvie-like material with a
relatively high carboxyl and aromatic hydroxyl  group density.  A small
percentage of the organics (i.e., 6%) consisted of a high molecular weight
humic-carbohydrate-like complex also characterized by a significant amount
of hydrolyzable amlno adds.
                                      36

-------
A carbon balance of the organics present in each fraction  showed  that  86%
of the carbon in the 500 MW UF permeate and 50% of the carbon  in the  high
molecular weight fraction was identified.   Only 20% of the fulvic-acid-like
fraction was identified, indicating that it consisted of complex  molecular
structures.  Solvent extraction of the different membrane  fractions  showed
the presence of esterified fatty acids associated with the high molecular
weight humic fraction.

Membrane fractionation of leachate samples collected  from different land-
fills showed a decrease of free volatile fatty acids in the 500 MW UF
permeate with increasing age of the landfill.   Further membrane fractiona-
tion showed that the high molecular weight humic-carbohydrate-like organics
experience a more rapid decrease than the intermediate molecular  weight
fulvie-like organics.

Comparison of the distribution of specific organics in the different
molecular weight fractions with the results obtained by other researchers
with organics obtained from widely different environments  shows a large
similarity, indicating that universal bacterial processes  are governing
the character of these organics.  The  present study measured a relatively
small amount of high molecular weight organics as compared to other  studies.
This is likely a result of the anaerobic environment during the leaching
process which enhances acid fermentation of complex high  molecular weight
organics.  The present study characterized stabilized landfill leachate
by relative organic distributions of the following three  groups:   fatty
acids < carbohydrates, proteins, and humic-like substances < aromatic
hydroxyl,  carboxyl and fulvic-like substances.  This pattern reflects
increased  resistance of the organics to bacterial degradation.
                                     37

-------
                            INTRODUCTION

Major complications generally arise in the identification of general
classes of organic matter present in wastewater, surface water and
groundwater, due to the complex nature of these compounds.  Many investi-
gators have studied the techniques for concentration, separation and
identification of different classes of organics.  For example, Hunter
and Heukelekian (1965) used primarily solvent extraction techniques to
obtain fractions such as lipids, fatty acids, detergents, phenols,
carbohydrates and lignins in domestic wastewaters.  The magnitude of
each fraction was then determined using gravimetric, colorimetric and
chromatographic methods.  When the organic matter concentrations in the
water are low, a preconcentration step is generally employed.  Myrick
and Ryckman (1963), for example passed 20,000 a of river water through
an activated carbon column, whereupon, the dried carbon was extracted
with chloroform, ethanol, acetone and benzene.

Extraction or adsorption techniques are generally not effective in con-
centrating polar organics; these can, however, be concentrated by freeze
drying, evaporation or distillation.  The separation of such polar
organic compounds is generally more cumbersome.  Polar volatile organics
can be detected by gas chromatographic techniques, while polar non-
volatile organics, often having high molecular weights, can be separated
by fractional  precipitation, gelpermeation chromatography or membrane
ultrafiltration.  Rebhun and Manka (1971), for example, have determined
humic acid gravimetrically after precipitation at pH 2 and fulvic acid
by extraction in butanol.  Gjessing and Lee (1967) used evaporation
under reduced pressure followed by gelpermeation chromatography to
obtain different organic fractions separated according to molecular
size.   Physical  or chemical  analysis was conducted only after the
separation step was completed.
                                    38

-------
 A  disadvantage of the above methods is that only relatively small
 amounts of organic matter are obtained.  For that reason DeWalle and
 Chian  (1974) employed bench-scale membrane reverse osmosis and ultra-
 filtration units to obtain relatively large amounts of organics of
 different molecular sizes.  After the membrane fractionation step,
 further separation was realized using gel permeation chromatography
 followed by functional group analyses.

 SEPARATING PROPERTIES OF MEMBRANES
 The molecular properties of membranes have been recognized for more than
 100 years in dialyses, ultrafiltration and reverse osmosis processes
 (Ferry, 1936) but have not found wide application until recently.  Black
 and Christman (1963), for example, used dialysis membranes with pore
            o     o         o
 sizes  of 35 A, 48 A and 100 A to obtain different fractions of colored
 organics present in surface water.  Using ultrafiltration membranes
 with different molecular size cutoffs,Gjessing (1973) and Schindler and
 Alberts (1974) studied the molecular weight distribution of organics in
 surface waters.   Fang and Chian (1975) employed reverse osmosis to concen-
 trate  and separate organics having relatively low molecular weights.

 Dialysis is based on diffusion in which relatively small solutes permeate
 the membrane, while larger solutes are retained due to the seiving effect
 of the membrane (Kesting, 1971).  Ultrafiltration separates from a solu-
 tion those organics whose molecular dimensions are ten or more times
 larger than ^he solvent, by pressurizing the solvent to flow through a
 membrane (Michaels, 1968).  The solute transport during ultrafiltration
 occurs by viscous flow mechanisms rather than diffusive mechanisms such
as is  the case in reverse osmosis.  Because of these different transport
mechanisms the rejection efficiency of ultrafiltration membranes is
 generally independent of the applied pressure, while the rejection for
reverse osmosis  membranes increases to an asymptotic maximum with
 increasing pressure (Michaels,  1968).   Some deviations of this general
behavior have been noted.   For example,  the rejection in membrane ultra-
filtration may decrease beyond a certain pressure due to elastic distor-
                                    39

-------
 tion  of  the membrane while  it may  increase with  increasing solute con-
 centration due  to  higher solute drag on  the pore walls.  As a result
 of such  viscous  drag,  the flux will also decrease.  The occurrence of
 concentration polarization  (i.e.,  the  formation of a boundary layer of
 a  substantially  higher concentration than the bulk retentate concentra-
 tion) will decrease the apparent rejection of the membrane.  Such con-
 centration polarization will generally not decrease the flux through
 the membrane due to the low osmotic pressure of the relatively high
 molecular weight organics (Blatt et_jil_., 1970).  Formation of a gel
 upstream of the  membrane with a lower porosity than the membrane will
 increase the rejection (Michaels,  1968).

 Craig ie_t a]_. (1957) have concluded that molecular size of the solute is the
 main  factor determining its permeation and that charge effects play a
 less  significant role  in membrane  ultrafiltration.  Mathematical
 expressions accounting for the steric hindrance to entry into a pore,
 the viscous drag at the wall of the assumed capillaries in the membrane
 and the  friction between the solute and the walls of the capillary,
 indicate that the  probability of permeation rapidly decreases when the
 solute diameter  becomes more than  half of the pore diameter.  The
 greatest selectivity occurs when the solute diameter is 20 to 30% of
 the pore diameter  (Renkin, 1954).

 DIALYSIS MEMBRANES
 The earliest membranes consisted of animal derived material, but were
 later replaced by  synthetic materials such as cellulose (cellophane,
 cuprophane) or nitrocellulose (collodion, gradocol) membranes.  The
 pore  size of the first manufactured cellophane membranes (Visking
                                                          O
 Division, Union  Carbide,  Chicago,  IL)  was generally 40-60 A
                                                       O
 (McBain and Kistler, 1931) but was later reduced to 20 A (Morton,
                                           o
 1935).  Thereafter, it was increased to 30 A (Seymour, 1940; Madras,
                                      o                       o
 1949)  and presently varies between 38 A (Renkin, 1954) and 46 A
 (Durbin,  1960).   The pore size of uncoated cellophane (Dupont, Stillwater,
DE) generally varies between 62 A (Renkin,  1954) and 82 A (Durbin, 1960).
                                    40

-------
The cellulose membranes from Visking  Company (Chicago,  IL)  have  a
                       o
stated pore size of 48 A and are reported to retain  organics  with  a
molecular weight above 12,000.   The molecular weight cutoffs,  however,
have been found to vary by a factor of ten among the  different inflated
diameters of the seamless tubing (Craig e_t ail_., 1957).   Cellulose
membranes with molecular-weight cutoffs of 12,000,  6,000 and  3,500
are also commercially available (Spectrum Medical  Industries,  Los
Angeles, CA).  Several investigators  have used cellulose membranes to
concentrate and separate organics in  wastewater and  surface waters
                                  o                                 o
(Table 7), using pore sizes of 48 A (Black and Christman, 1963), 40  A
(Gjessing, 1971), 25 A (Werschaw and  Burcar,1967)  and 24 A (Packham, 1974;
Dor, 1975).   Several studies in Europe using 1KB ultrafilters (1KB Comp.,
Upsola, Sweden) and were able to obtain organics with a molecular  weight
larger than 30,000 (Povoledo and Gerletti, 1968).

A wider range of pore sizes can be obtained using  collodion dialyses
membranes.  Elford (1931) made ether  alcohol collodion membranes with
                                                          o           o
reproducible and well-defined pore sizes ranging from 100 A to 30,000  A,
with the former pore size able to retain  bovine serum albumin (MW
65,000).  Elford and Ferry (1936) made a collodion membrane with a pore
           o
size of 80 A able to retain ovalbumin (MW 45,000).   A membrane with  a
                o
pore size of 20 A was able to retain  sucrose (MW 342) as reported  by
Ferry (1936).  The pore size measured by these researchers using
Poiseuille's law, however, are about  twice as large as the actual  size
(Renkin, 1954) since they did not take into account the viscous drag
and the presence of blind pores.  Using special curing steps  collodion
membranes can be made that are able to retain glucose (MW 180) but
allow passage of urea (MW 60) (Carr,  1959).  Most collodian membranes
                              o
have pore sizes of 100 to 150 A (Meschia and Setnikar, 1958), 60 to
   o                                     o
80 A (Jacobs, 1972) and approximately 30 A (Robbins and Mauro, 1960).
Membranes with molecular weight cutoffs of 20,000, 60,000, 70,000,
80,000 and 160,000 are commercially available  (Schleicher and Schuell,
Keene, NH).  Black and Christman (1963) used a collodion membrane with
                  o
a pore size of 35 A to concentrate and separate organics in surface
water.
                                   41

-------
                                     Table  7.   Dialysis  Studies Characterizing the Molecular
                                               Weight  Distribution of Aquatic Organics
ro
                                                                                   Percentage
                                                                                    Retained
Organic Matter
Author
Earth and
Acheson (1962)

Black and
Christman (1963a)

Bunch et al .
(1961)
Gjessing
(1971)
Martin et al.
(1972)
Packham
(1964)

Shapiro
(1964)
Source
tap water

surface water


secondary effluent

surface water

fungal humic acid
fungal fulvic acid
organics from surface fhumic acid
water concentrated by Jhumic acid
ion exchange [fulvic .acid
butanol extractable
organics
• \\.
Membrane
cellulose dialysis
membrane retains
MW > 10,000 0
colloidon membrane D 35A0
cellophane membrane D048A
membrane filter D 100A
cellulose dialysis
membrane
cellgphane membranes
D 40A
dialysis membrane
o
dialysis membrane D 24A
membrane filter D 100A0
dialysis membrane D 24A
cellulose dialysis
membrane
. wv* i 1 1\«\«
(*)


91
87.5
13
27.4

66

97%
29%
82
0
18
•^30-35

^
Parameter


color
color
color
COD

TOC

weight
weight
weight
weight
weight
weight

UMWCII ui a i 1 1
(mg/1)
0.08

142
142
142
48.9



3600
1400





DM
Parameter
Poly-
saccharide

COD
COD
COD
COD



weight
weight






-------
ULTRAFILTRATION MEMBRANES
New types of highly permeable ultra filtration (UF) membranes consisting
of anisotropic polyelectrolyte complexes (Amicon, Lexington, Mass) and
cellulose acetates (Abcor, Cambridge, Mass) have become available since
1960.  Isotropic microporous cellulose ester membranes, such as
Pellicon molecular filters (Millipore, Bedford, Mass.) and Nuclepore
membranes (Nucleopore Pleasanton, CA), manufactured by etching of radia-
tion damaged sites, have become available only recently (Good, 1974).
These membranes have a sharper molecular cutoff than most ultrafilters
owing to their isoporous structure.  Cellulose acetate ultrafilter are
also commercially available (Biorad, Richmond, CA).

Several studies have used membrane ultrafiltration to characterize
molecular sizes of aquatic organics and their experimental procedures
are listed in Table 8.  When more than one ultrafiltration membrane is
used, a parallel procedure can be selected in which the sample is
divided in different aliquots that are each passed through the indi-
vidual membrane (Gjessing, 1975; Gjessing, 1970).  In the sequential
procedure, the sample is passed either through the membrane with the
largest pore size whereupon the permeate is passed through the
membrane with the next smaller pore size (Calder and Kearsley, 1974)
or it is first passed through the membrane with the smallest pore size
whereupon the retentate is passed through the membrane with the next
largest pore size (Doig and Martin, 1974; Gjessing, 1970).  None of
the studies, however, evaluated the difference among the three pro-
cedures.   After comparing a dialysis membrane with the ultrafiltration
membranes UM-10 and XM-50, Gjessing (1971) noted that 66% of the organic
carbon was retained by a cellophane membrane with a stated pore size
      O
of 40 A and a reported molecular-weight of 10,000; the ultrafiltration
membranes with molecular-weight cutoffs of 10,000 and 50,000 retained
94% and 50%,respectively, on a comparable sample.  Interpolation of the
rejection values would indicate that 66% of the organic carbon would
be retained with a UF membrane with a molecular-weight cutoff of 30,000
which is  about three times larger than the reported molecular-weight
                                   43

-------
                             Table 8.  Membrane Ultrafiltration Studies Characterizing the
                                       Molecular Weight Distribution of Aquatic Organic
                 Ultrafiltration
                                                        Organic
                                                        carbon
                                                        content  Filtration
                                                                                                  Washing  of  Concentration
flutnor
Barber (1968)
Calder and
Kearsley (1974)
Cameron et al.
(1972)
Doig and
4* Martin (1974)
-P»
Ghassemi
(1367)
Gjessing
(1971)
Gjessing
(1973)
Gjessing
(1970)
Membranes
UM3
UM2, PM10, XM50,
XM100A
XM50
UM05, UM2, UM10
UM1
UM10, XM50
UM2, UM10, XM100
UM2, UM10, UM20E
Source
Atlantic Ocean
marsh water
salty marsh water
soil humic acid
3 water extract
of 200g soil
vacuum concentrated
surface water
4x concentrated
surface water
surface water
30x concentrated
surface water
Pretreatment
no
glass fiber
filter
class fiber
filter
pyrophosphate
extract
0.22
paper filter
glass fiber
filter
glass fiber
filter
qlass fiber
filter
(mg/1)
0.6-1.9
6.2-9.5
3.8-5.4

61

15.2
12.5
19-28
..v.ww.v.. KM •*• 1 1 I 1 ^ VI WW IV»^.II^I U Ir I UII
Steps retentate Factor
no two 7x
sequential yes
high MW->-low MW
sequential yes
high MW+low MW

sequential yes
low MW-»high MW
no lOx
parallel
parallel yes 40x
sequential yes till
Tow MW^-high MW permeate
                                                                                                 <5 mg/1 TOC
Schindler and    UM2,  UM10,  XM50,
Alberts (1974)   XM100
Wilander
(1972)

Zajic and
Knettig (1971)
UM2, PM10


UM10, XM50
                   lake water
surface water
hydrocarbon
solution
                     glass fiber     1.2-7.8  parallel
                12-180   parallel
0.45p, dialysis
with 48A cellu-
lose membrane
sequential
low MW-»high MW
                                                              no
                                                                                yes
                            lOx

-------
cutoff of the dialysis membrane.  Similarly, Ferry (1936) noted that
while iso-electric serum albumin would not penetrate a collodion ultra-
filtration membrane, it was still able to dialyze through a collodion
membrane with a pore diameter one third of the UF membrane.  El ford
(1933) also observed that substances that would pass collodion membranes
during dialysis will be retained during ultrafiltration using the same
membrane as a result of partial blocking of the pores.

COMPARISON OF MEMBRANE SEPARATION METHODS WITH OTHER SEPARATION TECHNIQUES
Only a few studies confirmed the obtained molecular-weight distribution
of aquatic organics by independent methods. Sieburth and Jensen (1969)
noted that organics included in Sephadex 6-15, thereby having a molecular
smaller than 1500, all permeated through a dialysis membrane, while DeHaan
(1974) noted that organics included in G-25,  thereby having a molecular
weight smaller than 5000, passed through a dialysis membrane.  Gjessing
(1973) further showed that membrane fractionation using ultrafiltration
membranes gave better separation than gel permeation chromatography.
The organics excluded from Sephadex G-75, thereby having a molecular
weight larger than 50,000, for example, still permeated partially (19%)
through a 10,000 MW UF membrane, while the organics included in the G-10,
thereby having a molecular weight smaller than 500, were partially
retained (29%) by a 100,000 MW UF membrane.  The combined use of membrane
ultrafiltration followed by gel permeation of the UF retentate, however,
gave the best separation.  A quantitative comparison of the two separa-
tion processes  was not made,si nee the UF was monitored by TOC and the
Sephadex by absorbance (Gjessing, 1973).

It was therefore the purpose of the present study to quantitatively
compare membrane ultrafiltration and gelpermeation chromatography.  The
present study also evaluated the parallel versus the sequential UF
separation procedures.  Although, most of the previous studies have
tested water with a low organic matter content (Table 8), the present
study evaluated the applicability of UF separation using high strength
leachate.  The leachate samples having chemical oxygen demand (COD)
                                    45

-------
values ranging from 81 to 71,680 mg/1 were obtained from solid waste
fills of different ages and subject to different climatic conditions
(Chian and DeWalle , 1976).  Such leachate is generated by infiltrating
rainwater which  leaches  pollutants from the solid waste.  An  in-depth
knowledge of the organic composition is necessary to assess the potential
for groundwater pollution and to predict the effectiveness of treatment
processes to remove pollutants from the leachate.  A summary of
previous studies (Table 9) showed similar ranges of organic matter
concentration.  It was also noted that the major fraction consisted
of free volatile fatty acids which was also reflected in the high
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) relative to the chemical oxygen demand.
The present study also included the constituents listed in Table 9
but used membrane ultrafiltration, gel permeation chromatography and
specific organic analyses to account for the unidentified major organic
fractions.
                                   46

-------
     Table 9.  Organic Matter Concentrations in Landfill  Leachate
               and their Relative Composition
Author
Organic Matter
concentration
Relative organic matter
composition
Burrows and
Row (1975)

County of
Sonoma (1973)

Hughes et al.
(1971)

Lin (1966)
Mao and
Pohland (1973)

Qasim and
Burchinal (1970)
170,000 mg/1 COD
3260-22,400 mg/1 COD
1000-50,000 mg/1 COD
 20,000 mg/1 COD
 4320-12,000 mg/1 COD
 33,360 mg/1 BOD
79% of COD as fatty acids
4% of COD as alcohols

40% of COD as fatty acids
80% of COD as BOD

25% of COD as fatty acids
75% of anions from ionized
fatty acids

80% of COD as fatty acids
74% of COD as BOD

35% of organic matter as
aromatic hydroxyls
32% of organic matter as
nitrogeneous organics
                                     47

-------
                        MATERIALS AND METHODS

 The  ultrafiltration membranes used  in this study were UM05, UM2, DM10,
 and  XM100A  (Amicon, Lexington, MA) with nominal molecular-weight cutoffs
 of 500,  1000, 10,000 and 100,000, respectively.  After ultracentrifuga-
 tion of  one liter  of leachate at 30,000 rpm for 30 minutes, the super-
 natant was concentrated 5 fold with a 500 MW UF membrane.  The retentate
 was  then desalted by diluting to twice its volume with distilled water
 followed by a reduction to the original retentate volume; this step
 was  repeated a second time.  The percentage retained was calculated from
 a material balance.  The 500 MW UF membrane was selected since it has
 the  lowest molecular-weight cutoff that is able to separate the organic
 matter from the inorganic salts that are present in high concentration
 in the leachate.

 Following the ultrafiltration step, separate aliquots of the UF retentate
 were further separated into different molecular-weight components using
 Sephadex 6-75 (1000-50,000 MW) and G-200 (1000-200,000 MW) columns
 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ).  After the molecular weight distribution
 of the 500 MW UF retentate was established by the use of the Sephadex
 columns, other ultrafiltration membranes with higher molecular weight
 cutoffs were employed to obtain sufficient quanties of each of the
 different molecular weight fractions for chemical  analyses.

The  ultrafiltration membrane fractions and Sephadex fractions were
characterized by TOC (TOC Analyzer 915A,    Beckman, Fullerton, CA),
COD, carbohydrates as dextrose (anthrone test), amino acids as lysine
 (ninhydrin test after 24 h. acid digestion with 6N HC1),  carboxyl groups
as acetic acid (hydroxyl  amine test), carbonyl groups as  acetophenone (2,
4-dinitrophenylhydrazine test), and aromatic hydroxyl groups as tannic
acid (Denis test).   Dissolved free amino acids were measured with an
automated Technicon TSI amino acid analyzer(Tarrytown,  NY).
                                   48

-------
Each membrane fraction was also separated according to its polarity by
two solvent extractions:  hexane, which separates  the less polar lipids,
hydrocarbons and fatty acids from the water phase, and butanol, after
pH adjustment of the aqueous layer to 2,  which separates humic sub-
stances from the water phase (Rebhum and  Manka, 1971; Packham, 1964;
Christman and Ghassemi, 1966).   The hexane extraction was performed
twice on a 20-ml sample of the concentrated leachate with 2 portions of
20-ml hexane heated to 45°C, which after  vigorous shaking formed an
emulsion.  This was eliminated by addition of 5 ml ethanol and 0.5 ml
of IN ^SO,, after which the hexane layer was removed from the separatory
funnel.  After acidification of the aqueous layer to pH 2, it was
further extracted twice with two 20-ml aliquots of butanol.  An addi-
tional 3.5 ml of ethanol was added to break the emulsion.  After separa-
tion of the solvent layers from the water phase, the solvents were
removed.

Infrared (IR) spectra were run on the residues of the hexane and butanol
extracts using a Beckman Model  20A (Fullerton, CA).  Gas chromatographic
(GC) analyses of the free volatile fatty  acids were conducted using a
Hewlett Packard 5750 B Chromatograph (Palo Alto, CA) equipped with a
flame ionization detector and a column consisting of 20% neopentyl glycol
succinate and 2% phosphoric acid on Chromosorb PAW 60-80 mesh (Chian
and Mateles, 1969).

The most extensive organic analysis was conducted on a leachate sample
obtained from a large experimental lysimeter installed at the University
of Illinois.  The lysimeter - 1.51 m in diameter and 3.02 m in height -
was filled with 1525 kg of milled solid waste (obtained from the Hartwell
section of Cincinnati, Ohio) which consisted of 44% paper and 12% food
waste.  Based on the analysis of this leachate sample the most important
parameters were selected and subsequently measured on leachate samples
collected from selected landfills in different locations of the United
States.
                                   49

-------
                                RESULTS

 It was  observed  that  the color  of the leachate sample collected from
 the  underdrain of  the lysimeter changed rapidly from light yellow to
 dark green,  and  that  after prolonged storage a dark brown iron hydroxide
 precipitate  accumulated on the  bottom of the sample container.  The
 sample, with a TOC of 17,060 mg/1 and a COD of 49,300 mg/1, has a
 corresponding iron concentration of 2200 mg/1.  Since the colloidal
 iron  hydroxide would  interfere  with the membrane separation processes,
 the  leachate sample was collected under anaerobic conditions.  To
 prevent further oxidation of the iron, the sample was processed as
 rapidly as possible through the ultracentrifugation and membrane
 ultrafiltration step  under nitrogen atmosphere.

 SEPARATION BY MEMBRANE ULTRAFILTRATION AND GEL PERMEATION
 Only  104 mg/1 or 0.6% of the volatile residue of 18,403 mg/1 was removed
 with  the ultracentrifuge indicating that most organics are present in
 the  soluble  fraction.  Subsequent membrane ultrafiltration showed that
 27.2% of the initial TOC of the sample was retained by the 500 MW UF
 membrane:  thus, because the majority passed the membrane, they may be
 identified as low-molecular-weight compounds.  When the 500 MW UF
 retentate was applied on a Sephadex G-75 column,  the TOC distribution
 in the eluate showed that 22% of the 500 MW UF retentate or 6% of the
 original TOC was excluded from  the column as it eluted between 20 and
 36 ml (Figure 6).  This exclusion indicates a molecular weight larger
 than approximately 30,000-50,000 MW.  The application of the 500 MW UF
 retentate to a Sephadex G-200 column resulted in  essentially the same
 elution pattern.  This fraction, therefore, had a molecular weight
considerably larger than 50,000 (Fisher, 1965).  The results in
Figure 6 further showed that the majority of the  500 MW UF retentate
consisted of organics with a molecular weight smaller than 1000 to
3000 (Table 10).
                                   50

-------
320r 48r   800
^280-  42-  700-
                                                                                    80  -|320
                                                                         100
                                                                                    0   -1
                                                                                             I
                                                                                         160 <»
                                                                                       120




                                                                                       80




                                                                                       40



                                                                                       0
                                           Elution Volume, m/
     Figure 6.  Eluate of the 500 MW UF  Retentate of the UI Leachate Sample on a Sephadex

 G-75 Column as Characterized by Total Organic Carbon, Specific Organics and  Functional Groups.

-------
           Table 10.  Chemical Analyses of the Sephadex G-75
                      Eluate of the 500 MW UF Retentate
                       High MW           Intermediate MW  Low MW
                       Fraction (la)     Fraction (2a)    Fraction (3a)
Estimated MW
E luation volume
UOC of 500 MW
UF retentate
>(30,000-50,000)
20-36 ml
22%
^3000-30,000
36-66 ml
10%
<( 1000-3000)
66-100 ml
68%
%TOC of original             6%
sample

% of organic carbon         26%
consisting of
carbohydrates

% of organic carbon          4%
consisting of aromatic
hydroxyl compounds

% of organic carbon          5%
consisting of carbonyl
compounds

% of organic carbon          5%
consisting of carboxyl
compounds
2.5%


 42%



  2%



  2%



  5%
18.7%


   7%



   5%



   5%



   6%
                                  52

-------
Substantial quantities of the different molecular weight fractions were
obtained using UF membranes having larger molecular weight cutoffs than
the previously used 500 MW UF membrane.   Based on the gel  permeation
chromatographic data, both a 10,000 MW and a 100,000 MW UF membrane
were selected.  When another aliquot of the centrifuged leachate
was passed through a 10,000 MW UF membrane, 9.9% of the TOC of the
sample was recovered in the retentate (Fraction 3b, Figure 7).  The
results indicate that the 10,000 MW UF membrane not only retained the
Sephadex fractions la and 2a in (Table 9) but also part of the low-
molecular-weight Sephadex fraction 3a.  As 9.9% of the initial TOC would
represent organics eluted from the 6-75 up to 69 ml (Figure 6) corres-
ponding to an apparent molecular weight of 2500, it would  indicate that
the nominal molecular weight estimated from the membrane ultrafiltration
is approximately four times higher than the absolute molecular weight
obtained from the gel permeation.  When the 10,000 MW UF permeate was
subsequently passed through a 500 MW membrane, the sum of  the TOC of
the 10,000 and 500 MW retentate (Fractions 3b and 4b, Figure 7) was only
19.6% of the original TOC of the sample, as compared to 27.2% when an
aliquot was passed through the 500 MW UF directly (Fraction 6b, Figure
7).  Since the 10,000 MW UF permeate when applied to the 500 MW UF
was devoid of large quantities of high molecular weight compounds and
ferric hydroxide colloids, the absence of these compounds  appeared to
decrease the rejection with the 500 MW UF.

To further investigate this apparent decrease in rejection, an aliquot of
the original 500 MW UF retentate was diluted to its original strength and
pH and passed through the 10,000 MW UF membrane.  The retentate (Fraction
8b, Figure 7) was found to represent 21.8% of the original TOC  as com-
pared to 9.9% when the centrifuged leachate directly permeated the 10,000
MW UF membrane.  This indicates that a relatively large concentration of
high-molecular-weight organics together with ferric hydroxides will
decrease the nominal molecular-weight cutoff of the membrane.  This was
further exemplified by the application of fraction 8b to a 100,000 MW UF
                                    53

-------
                        Centrifuged Leachote
in
-p.






1C


10 ooo Fraction 3b
In^T ^J t f\f\ of



5<
MY*
n. Fraction Ib
MIA/ DO * Retentate
MW|TO 67%
1
«*M^ »w


f) Fraction 4b
i,c— Retentate -1
UF 9.7%


Retained
19.6%
5C
MM









lorir
IVA/JL
MVv
innnn Fraction 8b
uS^-^ Retentate
WI™


Y\ Fraction 6b
f,ip-*-Retentate
UF 27.2%


^ 21.8 %




,
faction 2b Fraction 5b Fraction 7b Fraction 9b Froctk
ermeate Permeate Permeate Permeate Perme
                                                                                             >   Fraction lOb
                                                                                             '— Retentate
                                                                                                   11.1%
                                                                                              Mb
                    Figure 7.   Effect of Parallel and Sequential Membrane Separation  on  the
                            Retention of Organic Carbon in Centrifuged Leachate  by
                             Reverse Osmosis and Ultrafnitration Membranes  having
                                 Different Molecular-Weight Cutoffs.

-------
membrane after dilution to its original strength.  The 100,000 MW UF membrane
was found to retain 11.1% of the original  TOC (Fraction lOb, Figure 7)
which is larger than the 9.9% (Fraction 3b, Figure 7) obtained when the
sample directly permeated the 10,000 MW UF membrane.  Thus,  the sequence
of membrane ultrafiltration steps may change the nominal  molecular-
weight cutoff of a membrane by a factor of more than 10.   When the 500
MW UF retentate permeated the membranes with the next highest molecular-
weight cutoff, most of the salts were already removed and present in
the 500 MW UF permeate.  The reduced salt content may result in an
increase of the diffuse double layer and an increase of the  size of
the molecule  (Gjessing, 1971), which in turn will increase  its
rejection.  The above results indicate that parallel ultrafiltration
will result in a more representative separation than serial  ultrafil-
tration.  Because the 500 and 10,000 MW UF membranes are best suited
to separate the organics in leachate, they were selected and used in
the parallel procedure to separate the organics in other leachate
samples.

SPECIFIC ORGANIC ANALYSIS OF DIFFERENT MOLECULAR-WEIGHT FRACTIONS
Extensive organic analyses were conducted on the organic fractions
obtained from the gel permeation and membrane ultrafiltration steps.
Analyses of the specific organics present in the Sephadex fractions
showed considerable differences (Figure 7; Table 10) with relatively
high concentrations of carbohydrates observed in the high-molecular-
weight fraction and substantial quantities of aromatic hydroxyl and
carboxylic compounds present in the low-molecular-weight fraction.
Although the TOC data apparently indicate that fraction 3a is rather
homogeneous (Figure 6), the colorimetric tests show that this is not
the case since the maxima of the different organic compounds do not
elute at the same volume, and the specific compounds associated with
organics of decreasing molecular weight are carbohydrates (maximum
at 77 ml), carbonyl - (81 ml), carboxyl - (83 ml) and aromatic
hydroxyl compounds (85 ml).
                                     55

-------
 Relative constribution  to  the  carbon  in  each molecular weight fraction
 was  then calculated  (Table 10).   It was  thereby assumed that the carbon
 in  the model  compounds  used  in the colorimetric tests reflected the
 actual  structures  and that a certain  organic structure did not respond
 to more than  one colorimetric  test.   A TOC/weight ratio of 0.4 for
 carbohydrates and  carboxyl compounds  and a ratio of 0.5 for aromatic
 hydroxyl  and  carbonyl compounds were  used to calculate the values in
 Table  10.  Although  the model  compound in the carbonyl test had a TOC/
 weight ratio  larger  than 0.5,  the value of 0.5 was selected since the
 carbon generally does not  exceed more than half of the weight of humic
 substances (Konanova, 1966).

 Organic analyses of  the membrane UF fractions 3b and lOb (Figure 7)
 showed  that 23% and  24% of the organic carbon consisted of carbohydrates
 which  is comparable  to the value of 26% obtained in the larger than
 50,000  MW Sephadex fraction.  Analyses of the other molecular weight
 fractions (Figure 8) showed that the relative carbohydrate content
 decreased with decreasing molecular weight, thereby, confirming the
 results  of the Sephadex analyses.  These data also show that the
 carbohydrates and aromatic hydroxyl groups can be selected as indicators
 for  the presence of  high-and low-molecular-weight organics (Fraction
 lOb  and 9b, Figure 7) respectively, since the carbohydrates are mainly
 present in the high-molecular-weight fraction while the aromatic
 hydroxyls are present in highest concentration in the low-molecular-
 weight  organics.

 The  protein test was run on the different membrane fractions and its
 values  followed a trend similar to the carbohydrates in the fractions
 larger  than 10,000 MW (Figure 8).  A surprisingly high content of amino
 acids was found in the 500 MW permeate indicating the presence of free
amino acids that permeate the 500 MW UF membrane.  Qualitative analysis
of the  unhydrolyzed 500 MW UF permeate with a Technicon automated
amino acid analyser showed in decreasing order thepresence of ornithine,
lysine and valine.   Dissolved free amino acids are generally detected
                                   56

-------
                     30
                 §20
               3$
en
                     10
               I
                              <500MW
                              Fraction 7b
                                                A  Carbohydrates As Dextrose
                                                D  Proteins As Leucine
                                                •  Carboxyl As Acetic Acid
                                                •  Car bony I As Acetophenone
                                                A  Aromatic Hydroxyl As Tannic Acid
                                               /^Percentage  Of TOC Identified In
                                               V_yEiach Molecular  Weight Fraction
           5OO-
         10,000 MW
         FractionSb
Molecular Weight  Fraction
  10,000-    >IOOPOOMW
100,000 MW    Fraction KDb
Fraction Mb
                      Figure 8.  Characterization of Different Membrane  Ultrafiltration
                            Fractions for Specific Organics and Functional  Groups

-------
 when nitrogen is  not a  limiting  nutrient  source;  and  the  presence  of
 248 mg/1  NH^-N in the leachate sample indicated that this was probably
 the case.   Comparison of the  amino  acids  measured with  ninhydrine  method
 after 6N  HC1  hydrolysis   to the  organic nitrogen  content  measured  with
 Kjeldahl  method and  multiplied by 6.25 (Bunch  eit  al_., 1966) showed that
 90% of the  nitrogeneous  compounds were present as free  or bound amino
 acids.

 Analyses  of the carboxyl  compounds  showed that the organics associated
 with this group increased in  the membrane fractions having decreasing
 molecular weight  (Figure  8) confirming the results in Figure 6.  A
 titration with NaOH  was made  using  Fraction 8b and 9b (Figure 7) which
 after acidification  with  HC1  showed a weak inflection point at a pH
 of  4.30 for fraction 8b and at 4.37 for fraction  9b.  A sharper inflec-
 tion point  was noted at 7.2 for  both  fractions.   Assuming that the
 amount of base necessary  to raise the pH of the solution  from the  first
 inflection  point  to  the second is due solely to the dissociation of the
 carboxyl  group, it was calculated that the density of carboxyl groups
 was  10.1  meq/gC for  fraction  9b.  The corresponding density as measured
 with the  hydroxyl amine test  indicated that 8.8%  of the carbon of  that
 membrane  fraction was associated with the carboxyl group.  The titra-
 tion resulted  in a density of 6.6 meq/g C for  fraction 8b.  The corres-
 ponding value measured with the  hydroxylamine  test was 5.2%, showing
 that both the titration and hydroxyl amine test resulted in values of
 the  same  relative magnitude.

 Owing  to the presence of  the free volatile fatty  acids that pass the
 500  MW UF membrane,  the highest  percentage of carboxyl groups was  present
 in  the 500 MW permeate.    Further analysis of the  500 MW UF permeate by
 GC showed the presence of acetic acid (1748 mg/1), propionoic acid
 (509 mg/1),  isobutyric acid (312 mg/1), butyric acid (3074 mg/1),  isoval-
 eric acid (717 mg/1), valeric acid  (564 mg/1), and hexanoic acid (1488
mg/1).  The carbon from these free volatile fatty acids comprised  78%
of the TOC of the 500 MW UF permeate or 49% of the initial TOC of  the
leachate sample.
                                    58

-------
The results of the analyses showed that as much  as  86%  of  the  carbon
present in the 500 MW UF permeate was identified, followed by  50%
identified in the 100,000 MW UF retentate.  The  intermediate fractions
were least characterized indicating that they consisted of complex
molecular structures.  Of the total organics present  in the sample
7U was identified.

SOLVENT EXTRACTION OF DIFFERENT MOLECULAR WEIGHT FRACTIONS
The last step in the characterization scheme consisted  of  solvent
extraction to separate the different membrane UF fractions according
to their polarity.  The hexane extraction of the 10,000 MW UF  reten-
tate (Fraction 3b, Figure 7) showed that this step  extracted only 13.8
mg/1.  If most of the hexane extract consisted of palmitic acid
(Shorland, 1963), to give an organic carbon/weight  ratio of 0.75, this
fraction would represent only 0.5% of the organic carbon in the 10,000
MW UF retentate (Table 11).  The residue of the  hexane  extract had  a
relatively white to light brown color and a very sharp  and pungent
odor.  Since the hexane residue contained some dark brown  iron hydroxide
colloids originating from the water layer, the hexane layer was filtered
prior to drying.

The IR spectrum of the residue (Figure 9a) showed strong absorption
bands near 2900 cm"1 and 1470 and 1390 cm, indicating the dominant
influence of aliphatic structures  (Table 12). The  band at 1720 cm"
represents the C=0 stretch of the carbonyl in the carboxyl group
whereas the shoulder at 1750 cm   reflects the fraction of carbonyls
associated with ester linkages which also shows  at  1270 cm   (Table 12).
The IR spectrum therefore, would indicate that the  majority of this
fraction consists indeed of fatty acids some of which are  still present
in ester linkages.  Colorimetric analysis of the redissolved  hexane
residue showed presence of carbohydrates.  These results therefore
indicate that the residue of the hexane extract  will  slightly  overestimate
the concentration of fatty acids because other organic  fragments are
also extracted.
                                     59

-------
              Table 11.  Effectiveness of the Hexane and Butanol Extraction to Remove
                         Organics from the Different Molecular Weight Fractions
Membrane UF
Fraction
10,000 MW UF
retentate
(fraction 3b)


Hexane extract
as percentage
of the carbon
0.5


Extraction of
specific organic
0.8% of carbohydrates in
UF retentate extracted
with hexane


Butanol extract
as percentage
of the carbon
2.5


Extraction of
specific organics
4% of carbohydrates
and 100% of aromatic
hydroxyls present in
UF retentate extracted
with butanol
500 MW UF retentate
combined
10,000 MM and
100,000 MW UF
permeate (fraction
9b and lib)
                                                         100%  of aromatic
                                                         hydroxyls  present
                                                         in UF retentate
                                                         extracted  with
                                                         butanol
500 MW UF permeate
(fraction 7b)
1.5
0.5% of carbohydrates
10% of aromatic hydroxyls
present in UF permeate
extracted with hexane
                                                        65% of aromatic
                                                        hydroxyls present
                                                        in UF permeate
                                                        extracted with butanol

-------
                            Wavelength, microns

                  35   4 4.5 5  55  6 66 7   8   9 K)   12 14 16 20  30
     4000
3000
2000
1600
1200
800
400
                               Wavenumber,  cm
                                               -i
Figure 9.   IR Spectra of the Residue of the Hexane and Butanol Extracts:
(a) Hexane Extract  of the 10,000 MW UF Retentate (b)  Butanol Extract of
the 10,000 MW UF Retentate (c) Butanol Extract of the Hydrolysed 10,000
MW UF Retentate (d) Butanol Extract of the 500 MW UF  Retentate (e) Hexane
Extract of the  500 MW UF Permeate
                                   61

-------
           Table 12.   Infrared Absorption  Dands  and  their Tentative Assignments
                      for the Residue  of the  Hexane  and  Butanol Extracts
Hexane
extract of
Butanol
extract of
Acidified
butanol
extract of
Butanol
extract of
500 MW UF
Hexane
extract of
500 MW UF
10,000 MW UF 10,000 MW  UF 10,000  MW  UF   retentate
retentate    retentate     RETENTATE      (Fraction  9b permeate
(Fraction 3b)(Fraction  3b)(Fraction  3b)  and  lib)     (Fraction 7b)
    3400

    2960

    2860
    2730
    2380
    1750

    1720
    3420

    2990
    2960
    2880
    3400


    2920
    2840
    1720

    1630
    1720

    1640
    3460

    2980
    2950
    2880

    2350
    1740
                                           1650
    1620
    1530

    1470

    1390


    1270


    1100

    1030
    810


    740

    730
    1440

    1390
    1460

    1390
    1470
    1390
   1080
    1160
    1100

    1050
                              1180
                               760
    3440     H bonded 0-H  stretch,
             N-H  stretch
    2960     methyl  C-H stretch
    2930     methylene C-H  stretch
    2880     aldehyde C-H  stretch
             carboxyl  0-H  stretch
             phosphorus P-OH  stretch
             carbonyl  C=0  stretch
             in esters
    1720     carbonyl  C=0  stretch
             in carboxyl groups
             N-H  bending,  C=C stretch, C=0
             stretch  of ketones, amides
             and  carboxylate  ions
             N-H  bending
    1550     N-H  bending,  C-N  stretch
             of peptides
    1440     CH2  scissor bending; benzene
             skeletal  vibration
    1390     Symmetric C-CH?  bending; 0-H
             bending  of carboxylic acid.
             Symmetric 0-C-O  Stretch of
             carboxylate ion
             Symmetric C-O-C  stretch of
             esters C-OH stretch of
             carboxylic acid
             aromatic  structures
    1100     C-0  stretch of prim alcohol
             aromatic  structures
             C-N  stretch of amino groups
             C-0  stretch of prim alcohol
             aromatic  structures
             out  of plane bending of NH-
             aromatic  out of  plane bending
             of C-H
             CH2  rocking vibrations
                                            62

-------
The residue of the butanol extraction of the 10,000 MW UF retentate
was of a greater magnitude than that of the hexane extract.   If 50%
of the weight of the butanol residue consisted of carbon, 2.5% of the
organic carbon in the 10,000 MW UF retentate is comprised of this
group (Table 11).  The residue of the butanol extract had a  dark brown
oily appearance and an acidic and "moldy" odor.  The IR spectrum of
the butanol residue of the 10,000 MW UF retentate of the lysimeter
sample (Figure 9b) showed the dominant influence of hydroxyl groups
such as those present in carbohydrates (1080 cm" ) and carbonyl  groups
(1640 cnf ).  The strong peak at 1390 cm   is probably due to the
scissor bending of a CH2 group adjacent to a carbonyl group.  The IR
spectrum is almost identical to a humic - carbohydrate-like  high molecular
weight fraction isolated from effluent from an activated sludge unit
(DeWalle and Chian, 1974).  Further acidification of the dry residue with
HC1 and subsequent drying reduced the peak at 1390 cm" .  This reduc-
tion indicates that part of the peak was contributed by the symmetric
0-C-O stretch of carboxylate ions.  Since the carbonyl stretch at 1630
cm   did not shift to 1720 cm" , however, the majority of the carbonyl
groups in this fraction are present not as carboxyl carbonyls, but as
aldehydes and ketones.  Moreover, the reduction of the peak at 1080
cm   may indicate that some carbohydrates were hydrolyzed (Tan, 1970).

Colorimetric tests confirmed the presence of carbohydrates and aromatic
compounds.  While only 4% of the carbohydrates present in the 10,000
MW UF retentate were removed, all of the aromatic hydroxyl groups were
extracted with the butanol (Table 11).  If the model compound reflects
the actual extracted organics, it can be calculated that about 30% of
the weight of the butanol extract of the 10,000 MW UF retentate
was associated with aromatic hydroxyl compounds.  Since the aromatic
compounds only represent about 3% of the carbon in this fraction,
it was concluded that the butanol preferentially extracted this group.
The above results of the extraction were confirmed by using model compounds
that resemble the different classes of organics present in the 10.000MW  UF
                                     63

-------
 retentate.   The  removal  of 93%  by  butanol  extraction of a  1000 mg/1
 tannic acid  solution  demonstrated  the  affinity of butanol  towards
 aromatic  hydroxyl  compounds.  Only 14% of  a bovine albumin solution
 was  extracted  while no removal  was observed with a starch  solution.

 Extraction of  the  500 MW UF retentate, i.e., fractions 9b and lib
 combined  (Figure 7),  with  hexane did not result in a residue.  This
 indicates that the fatty acids  or  other non-polar organics are only
 present in the high molecular weight fraction, a conclusion similar
 to the one reached by Ogner and Schnitzer  (1970).  The butanol extract,
 however, was substantially larger  and  represented 9% of the TOC
 (Table 11).  The butanol layer  was not as  dark brown as that of the
 10,000 MW retentate (Fraction 3b,  Figure 7).  Before complete evapora-
 tion  of the  butanol a white semi-crystalline substance was visible which
 darkened after the last  butanol had evaporated.  The appearance in the
 IR spectrum  (Figure 9) of  strong influences of the carbonyl in the
 carboxyl group at  1740 cm   (Table 12) indicated that the carboxyl
 group was more dominant  in  this fraction than in the butanol extract
 of the 10,000  MW UF retentate.  This trend parallels the results of
 the hydroxylamine  test for  carboxyls (Figure 8).   Comparison with other
 IR spectra (Black  and Christman, 1963; Stevenson and Goh, 1971) showed
 that  this fraction resembled a  fulvic acid.  The butanol was able to
 extract almost 100% of the  aromatic hydroxyls present in this fraction
 (Table  11).

 The hexane extract of the 500 MW permeate represented 1.5X of the organic
 carbon  of that fraction.   The IR spectrum  (Figure 9)  showed two dominant
 peaks at 1550  and  1440 cm"  representing the asymmetric and symmetric
 0-C-O stretch of the  ionized carboxyl group.  These peaks indicate that
 the hexane extracted some of the free volatile fatty acids present in
 the 500 MW UF  permeate.   The small  peak at 1110 cm   and the broad
peak at 3440 cm"1 may indicate that some carbohydrates and hydroxyl
compounds  were also extracted with the hexane,  a  possibility supported
by colorimetric tests  (Table 11).
                                    64

-------
The butanol extract of the 500 MW UF permeate represented 1% of the
carbon of that fraction.  The IR spectrum was similar to that of the
hexane extract of the 500 MW UF retentate with the exception that the
peak near 2930 cm"  was smaller, probably because of the extraction
of lower molecular weight free volatile fatty acids, whle the peak
near 3440 cm   was broader.
The above observations indicate a short-coming of the extraction scheme
using hexane and butanol in that the hexane extraction may overestimate
the amount of lipids since some organic fragments are also extracted.
In addition the hexane will extract some low molecular weight free
volatile fatty acids when present in the sample.  The butanol used to
extract the fulvic acid fraction may also extract some of the free
volatile fatty acids.  Lamar and Goerlitz (1966) found that although
humic substances were the main fraction obtained with butanol extrac-
tion at acidic pH, up to 10% of the residue consisted of fatty acids.
On the other hand, the butanol does not extract all of the fulvic-like
material in the 500 MW UF retentate.  DeHaan (1972) similarly noted
that only 50% of the color was extracted with butanol at pH 2.  Butanol,
however, does have a preference for aromatic hydroxyl compounds present
in this fraction.  DeHaan (1972) noted that butanol preferentially
extracts organics with a high carboxyl and carbonyl content.

FRACTIONATION AND ANALYSES OF OTHER SAMPLES
The effectiveness of the membrane fractionation was also tested on two
other leachate samples obtained from a control and recirculation pilot
landfill of intermediate age, operated since October 1971 by the City
of Santa Rosa (CA) (County of Sonoma, 1973).  The membrane separations
were conducted with two aliquots passed separately through either the
500 MW or 10,000 MW UF membrane.  The 10,000 MW UF membrane was found
to retain 13% and 12% respectively, whereas the 500 MW UF retained 30%
and 22% respectively of the initial TOC of the sample.  The results of
the specific organics present in each fraction as shown in Figure 10
show a similar trend as observed in Figure 8.  Comparison shows that
                                  65

-------
    UJ

    c
   41*
    2
    o
     *
                                 Carbohydrates  As Dextrose
                                 Proteins  As Leucine
                                 Carboxyl  As Acetic Acid
                                 Car bony I  As Acetophenone
                                 Aromatic Hydroxyl As Tannic Acid
                             /'Percentage Of TOC  Identified In
                                      Molecular Weight Fraction
                 <500MW       500-IO,OOOMW >IO,OOOMW

                          Molecular Weight Fraction

Figure 10.   Characterization of Different Membrane UF Fractions in a
   Leachate Sample Collected from a Control  (a) and a Recirculation
                    (b)  Landfill  in Sonoma County
                                 66

-------
the identified organics represent a lower percentage of the  organic
carbon.  Since the landfill  is located in a warmer climate,  a  relatively
larger percentage of the carbohydrates and proteins may have been
degraded at the higher temperature.  The carboxyl  group,  on  the  other
hand, is present in relatively large amounts.   As  it represents  one
of the most oxidized forms of organic matter,  a higher carboxyl  group
density would indicate a higher degree of oxidation.  The greater
stabilization of the Sonoma samples is further substantiated by  the
lower BOD/COD ratio of 0.62 and 0.65 as compared to 0.80 for the
University of Illinois sample.

The membrane fractionation was finally tested with a sample  obtained
from a relatively old landfill in Dupage County in Northern  Illinois
(Hughes et §1., 1971).  Concentration through a 10,000 MW UF membrane
did not result in retention of any material, while concentration of
a separate aliquot through a 500 MW UF membrane only retained  5% of  the
original TOC of the sample.  As the fatty acids were present in  this
sample in a concentration below that of the detection limit  of the GC,
it was concluded that most of the organics were present as low molecular
weight refractory molecules.  The 500 MW UF retentate was further
separated using a Sephadex G-75 column (Figure 11).  The TOC data show
that only 7% of the 500 MW UF retentate corresponding to 0.5%  of the
original TOC is present as the high molecular weight humic carbohydrates,
The percentage of carbohydrates in this MW fraction is approx-
imately equal to the percentage in the high molecular weight fraction
of the leachate obtained from younger fills.  The concentration of
carbohydrates therefore, tends to reflect the magnitude of the high
molecular weight fraction independent  of the age of the sample.  Since
the phenolic hydroxyl group obtained relatively high concentrations
in the low molecular weight fraction of the 500 MW UF retentate, it
may be used as an indicator for the fulvic like material.
                                   67

-------
<»
      S     «8
      c

    O tt>

  ?!=:     «6
          01
          O I—
          c+ n> m
          o> o» — '
        o-s o c
        -J _i. 3- CU
        us M a> c-»-
        O» CD rt- (D
        3 o. n>
a o — i(o
Q.H- n>
  O>   (71
•n — • o o
C _3 O
3 O
O -* Qi 3
rl-ca   S
-J. Oi OO
o 3 a> c=
3 -•••a ~n
o» o 3-
— '   01 73
  C~> Q. (D
cr> a> a>  en a>
          TJ
          n> o o
          o o -t»

          -h C rt-

          o § m
            0«
            vt
          114
                  o  12
   10
^

fa
o  6
.O


8  4



    2
      -   9



      -   8
                  E
                       -5
                       h-Q-2
                -    I
               u   0
                                                                                                     18   n 18
                                                                                  - 16  -
              o»
              (Q
              (D
                                                         /\  NCorboxyl 1
                                                    50

                                                      Elution Volume,  ml
                                                                                                            16
                                                                                          14
                                                                                          12 p
                                                                                             3
                                                                                          10 £
                                                                                              o>
                                                                                              o

                                                                                          81
                                                                                                            6  §
                                                                                                               a
                                                                                                               O
2



0

-------
The last part of the study consisted of analyzing  seven leachate  samples
in addition to the four that were already studied  in greater detail.
The samples were collected from different landfills in the United States
representing a range of climatic conditions.   When the free volatile
fatty acids, calculated as percentage of the  TOC of the sample, were
related to the age of the landfill, the results showed a gradual  decrease
of the magnitude of this fraction with increasing  age of the fill.
Since these organics are relatively biodegradable, a similar decrease
was observed in the BOD/COD ratios.  Separate aliquots were passed
through the 10,000 MW UF and the 500 MW UF during  membrane separation
of the seven samples.  However, since some of these samples resulted
in a substantial flux decrease, a 1000 MW instead  of the 500 MW UF
membrane was used.  The results of the separation, shown in Figure 12a
and 12b, illustrate the gradual decrease of both the high molecular
weight humic-carbohydrate-like complex and the lower molecular weight
fulvie-like material with increasing age.  It was  noted that the  high
molecular weight fraction as obtained in the 10,000 MW UF retentate
showed a more rapid decrease then the low molecular weight fraction
as obtained in the 500 MW UF retentate.  This pattern may indicate that
the former fraction is more liable during progressing biodegradation.

Results of the membrane fractionation reflect the changes observed for
carbohydrates, proteins and aromatic compounds as  measured in the
unfractioned leachate samples  (Figure 13).  The carbohydrates and
proteins present in relatively large quantities in the high molecular
weight fraction show a relatively more rapid decrease with increasing
age of the fill than the aromatic hydroxyl compounds mainly present
in the low molecular fulvic-like fraction.  These data may therefore
indicate that increased stability with respect to biodegradation  is
observed for free volatile fatty acids < carbohydrates, proteins, humic-
like substances < aromatic hydroxyl, carboxyl compounds, and fulvic-
like substances.
                                    69

-------
  ~g 40
  o> o

  SE
  £2 30
  S§  2°
       I0
  8|
  £i
•
A
                                      (a)
             *°
eu
•g
•g
'5
ff " ' I 1
(b)
/\
/ .^7»
« I/ ^rA
*2 t ^V
8| I0
•-E
02
||
^ Qj
^ \
' \
\.
\
                           10

                    Time, years
                                                          15
Figure 12.   Percentage of TOC Retained with Either  10,000 MW (a) or
           500 W and 1000 MW (b) UF Membranes  in Leachate
         Samples Collected from Landfills of Different Ages
                                 70

-------

c D
^1 4
$^
"to 2
w
oo o
"c 0>
Sf

>. 0>
ll
K °<
	 1 	 — 1 	 1 	 1
X
CT *
^ 	 x
^ ^
\^


0
£ \^
' V —Hi
A •!

•
T

^^-* •*"" ~ ~ """""" "^- — -
3 -^ • "^' 	 1—
Sf '
> ' 5 10 IS
                          Time,  years
Figure 13.   Carbonhvdrates  (a), Proteins  (b) and Aromatic
       Hydroxyls  (c) in  Leachate Samples  Collected
            from  Landfills of  Different Ages.
                           71

-------
                              DISCUSSION

 MEMBRANE SEPARATION  SEQUENCE
 The results  of the separation  of  organic matter  by membrane ultrafil-
 tration  indicate  that a  larger percentage of  the TOC was retained when
 the sample was  directly  passed through the  500 MW UF membrane as com-
 pared  to the sequential  membrane  separation through the 10,000 MW
 followed by  the 500  MW UF membrane.  Blatt  et^ a]_. (1970) similarly
 indicated that  formation of a  polarized layer by the highest molecular
 species  resulted  in  an increased  retention  of the intermediate molecular
 weight fraction present  in milk whey; the lowest molecular weight
 fraction, however, passed through the membranes  unimpeded.  They also
 noted  that although  the  rejection of human  serum albumin (65,000 MW)
 with a 100,000  MW UF membrane  was zero, its rejection increased rapidly
 when y-globulin (160,000 MW) was added.  The removal of high molecular
 weight organics with  the 10,000 MW UF membrane,  therefore, reduced
 the degree of polarization at  the 500 MW UF membrane during permeation
 of  the 10,000 MW UF  permeate.   In order to  give  similar degrees of
 polarization to each  of  the ultrafiltration membranes, a parallel
 ultrafiltration procedure would give more representative results.  The
 least  reliable  results are obtained when the retentate of the lowest
 MW  UF  membrane  is passed through UF membranes with successively larger
 cut offs  due to the  accumulation of high molecular weight organics
 that experience such  a large degree of polarization, and the absence of
 salts  that would otherwise reduce the double layer of the high
 molecular weight organics.

 COMPARISON OF SEPARATION TECHNIQUES
 Comparison of the membrane ultrafiltration and the gelpermeation chroma-
 tography showed that  the molecular weight estimated by the former
method was approximately four times higher than by the latter method.
However,  this difference may be due to formation of a polarized layer
                                   72

-------
which increased the rejection of the membrane.   Formation of such a
polarized layer may explain why Gjessing (1971)  and Ferry (1936)  noted
that similar rejections were obtained when the  UF membrane had a  pore
size about three times larger than a dialysis membrane.   The opposite
effect, was also observed with a sample obtained from a  stabilized
landfill as no organics were present in the 10,000 MW UF retentate
while the excluded Sephadex fraction of the 500 MW UF retentate
indicated that 0.5% of the initial TOC should have been  retained  with
the 10,000 NW UF.  Discrepancies between the separation  techniques may
also be due to the nature of each process.  Baker and Stratman (1970)
showed that membrane rejection of globular organics is higher than
that of linear molecules of the same molecular  weight due to the
deformation and stretching of the latter.  A linear molecule for
example, was found to have the same retention as a protein one tenth
its molecular weight.  This behavior is exactly opposite to that
noted for both gel permeation chromatography and dialysis, as they are
based on diffusion through microporous capillaries.  For example,
linear molecules are eluted in the same fraction as protein twice
their molecular weight (Fisher, 1965).  The discrepancies between the
results of the gelpermeation and membrane ultrafiltration could
indicate that in the sample obtained from a recent fill  globular high
molecular weight organics are more dominant, while organics from the
stabilized fill have more linear organic molecules.  However, additional
research is necessary before final conclusions can be made.

ORGANICS IN DIFFERENT MOLECULAR WEIGHT FRACTION
The results of the analysis of the organics separated by membrane
fractionation and gelpermeation chromatography tend to confirm earlier
studies that separated soil or aquatic humic substances.  Table  13
shows that the carbohydrates and  hydrolyzable amino acids are present
in high concentration in the high molecular weight fraction while
carboxyl groups, aromatic hydroxyl groups, color and fluorescence
are contributed by fractions of lower molecular weight.  Most of the
above mentioned studies used methods for  functional group analysis
                                    73

-------
Author
Origin
             Table 13.  Organic Composition of Fractionated Humic Substances

                     Organic Fraction                  Chemical  Composition
Dubach et al.
(1964)
Schnitzer and
Skinner
(1968)
soil fulvic acid     high MW excluded from G-75
                     low MW included in G-75
soil  fulvic acid     high MW excluded from G-50
                                     low MW excluded from G-10
Swift and       soil humic acid
Posner (1972)

Leenheer and
Malcolm (1973)  soil fulvic acid
                     different Sephadex grades
Povoledo and
Gerletti
(1968)
Rashid and
King (1971)
                     neutral charged high MW fraction

                     negative chared low MW fraction

riverwater organics  neutral charged fraction

                     unfractiona'ted
lake sediment
fulvic acid
marine sediment
humic acid
                     high MW excluded from G-25
                     low MW included in G-75
                     high MW excluded from G-200
                                     low KW included in G-50
Reuter and
Perdue (1971)
river fulvic acid   'high MW excluded from G-50
                     low MW included in G-50
21% nitrogenous organics, 25% as carbohydrates
9% nitrogenous organics, 5% as carbohydrates
Specific absorb, increased with decreasing MW

4.8 meq/g (9.6 meq/gC) carboxyl groups
3.4 meq/g aromatic hydroxyl groups
7% nitrogenous organics
8.7 meq/g (16.9 meq/gC) carboxyl groups
6.2 meq/g aromatic hydroxyl groups
2% nitrogenous organics
C=0 and C-OH decreased with decreasing MW

28% nitrogenous organics in high MW fractions
13% nitrogenous organics in low MM fractions


43% carbohydrates
20% nitrooenous organics
10% carbohydrates;  14% nitrogenous organics
  contained most of color and carboxyl groups
5% carbohydrates

8% carbohydrates
1% hydro1yz?b!e amino acids
contains half of carbohydrates and protein's
contains most of the color, fluorescence and
  aromatic hydroxyls

2.4 meq/g (4.0 meq/gC) carboxyl groups
0.3 meq/g aromatic hydroxyl groups
28% nitrogenous organics
3.6 meq/g (7.8 meq/gC) carboxyl groups
1.0 meq/g aromatic hydroxyl groups
26% nitrogenous organics

4.2 meq/g carboxyl  groups
9.6 meq/g carboxyl  groups

-------
developed in the soil science (Schnitzer and Kahn, 1972).   Many tests,
however, give arbitrary results and the outcome of the carboxyl and
aromatic hydroxyl test, for example, is dependent upon the generally
unknown spectrum of dissociation constants (Van Dyk,  1966).  The
colorimetric tests selected in the present study for functional group
analyses may therefore be less arbitrary.  All of the studies using
samples from widely different environments, indicate a similar distri-
bution of specific organics in the different molecular weight fractions.
This may indicate that similar bacterial or chemical  processes are
governing the composition of the organics in natural  environments.
Several studies do indicate that bacterial processes are the most
important.  Identification of individual sugars in soil polysaccharides,
for example, showed that xylose and glucose were present in lower con-
centrations than in the original plant material, while galactose,
mannose, arabinose and uronic acid were present in higher concentra-
tions.  This relative distribution indicates that most of the sugars
are derived from microorganisms (Forsyth, 1950).  The presence of
relatively large amounts of amino acids in the high molecular weight
fraction is probably the result of excreted bacterial amino acids
that preferentially attach to this fraction.  Broadbent (1968) noted
that labelled inorganic  nitrogen and organic carbon often appear in
the high molecular weight humic fraction as acid hydrolysable amino
acids.  The aromatic compounds present in the 500 MW UF retentate
may have been excreted by fungi and bacteria as orsellinic acid,
salicylic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid and phenols and condensed to
larger molecules as a result of the pH increase of the solution
(Hoak, 1963).

MOLECULAR WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION
Related studies that used dialysis or ultrafiltration membranes as
listed in Table 7 and 8 were plotted as percentage of the organic
matter retained versus nominal molecular weight cutoff (Figure 14).
The results in Figure 14 indicate that the majority of the aquatic
organics have molecular weights ranging from 10,000 to 100,000.
                                   75

-------
 No systematic differences  were noted between  the molecular weight
 distributions determined by dialysis or  membrane ultrafiltration.
 As compared  with  the  other studies,  the  samples analyzed  in  the present
 study have the largest  percentage  of low molecular weight organics.
 This  difference is  mainly  due  to the large  fraction of free  volatile
 fatty acids  generated during anaerobic acid fermentation.  Since
 most  of the  investigations  in  Figure 14  analyzed aerobic  stabilized
 organics,  the absence of low molecular weight organics is to be
 expected.

 STABILITY  OF ORGANIGS IN DIFFERENT MOLECULAR WEIGHT FRACTIONS
 Bacterially  derived organics are subject to degradation.  Degens et al.
 (1964),  for  example,  noted  a rapid decrease of carbohydrates with
 increasing time of burial or increasing  depth in sediments while a
 less  rapid decrease was observed for ami no acids.  No reduction in
 amount of  humic substances  was noted, while aromatic compounds some-
 times  showed  an increase with depth  of burial.  Ishiwatari (1971)
 noted  that carbohydrates showed the  largest relative decrease with
 increasing depth of burial   while hydrolyzable amino acids experienced
 a  less  rapid  reduction.  Humic acids did not show any decrease and
 in  fact showed  some increase.  Swain (1970) also noted a gradual
 decrease of  the carbohydrate content with increasing depths in lake
 sediments  and an occasional  increase of the organic nitrogen followed
 by  a subsequent decrease.   Aromatic  compounds are generally less subject
 to  decomposition than aliphatic compounds such as peptides and carbo-
 hydrates,  and incorporation of proteins and carbohydrates in aromatic
 hydroxyl compounds renders   the complex less susceptible to bacterial
 degradation  (Benoit and Starkey, 1968).  The results of these studies
 therefore  agree with  the present findings in that increased stability
was noted  for:  free  volatile fatty acids < carbohydrates < proteins
 < aromatic hydroxyls.

The more rapid decrease of  the high molecular weight humic-carbohydrate-
like material as compared to fulvic acid-like material  as found in the
                                   76

-------
                      Mtmbront Diolysis
                                                                              Membrane  Ultrafiltration
      -s
      (D
Martin etol (1972) Humic Acid
Martin etol (1972) Fulvic Acid
Packham (1964) Humic Acid
Packham (1964) Fulvic Acid
Shapiro  (1964)
Black And Christmon (1963)
G jessing (1971)
Bunch etal
   JDO

   n>  —•
   3  01
01 «-!--$
O. CO S
   <-«• ffi
3 c  -••
n>
•  Barber (1968)
O  Ghossimi (1967)
•  Colder And Keorsley (1974) Fresh Water
•  Colder And Keorsley (1974) Salt  Water
A  Ooig  And Martin 41974)
O  This Study


    Dialysis Membrane (Diameter)
     24&         35!     40&  48A
                             T
                                                           T	T
                                                        *  Cameron etal (1972)
                                                        0  Wilander (1972)
                                                        *  6 jessing (I97O)
                                                        V  6jessing (1971)
                                                        A  Gjessing (1973)
                                                        X  Schindler And Alberts (1974)
                                                                         500&
1*2(264)
            Membram Ultrafiltration (Diameter)
                                              UMOOOX)     PM30M6A)   XM»OA(IO4A)
                                              PMIO(36A) UM2pEO6A) XM5O(64&L
                                                                     IQPOO

                                                            Molecular  Weight
                                                                                                                          oopoo

-------
present study may be due to aerobic biological stabilization as the
ORP in the leachate increased from -200 mv to about +200 mv with
increasing age of the landfill.  As the high molecular weight fraction
only decreased in magnitude but not in relative composition (percentage
carbohydrates and amino acids), one may conclude that entire parts of
the high molecular weight molecule were hydrolysed which then become
more susceptible to further enzymatic and bacterial degradation.  The
more rapid decrease of the high molecular weight fraction as compared
to the fulvic like materials is probably not due to its preferential
coagulation, since no correlation could be established between the
magnitude of this fraction and the concentration of Ca and Fe which
could have caused such coagulations.   Preferential leaching to the
subsoil,  is also not likely to cause  a more rapid decrease in the high
molecular weight fraction since such  leaching would rather cause a
decrease  of the low molecular weight  fulvic-like material.
                                   78

-------
                             REFERENCES
Benoit, R. E. and Starkey, E. L., "Inhibition of Decomposition  of
    Cellulose and Some other Carbohydrates by Tannin,"  Soil  Sci,  105,
    291 (1968).                                        	

Baker, R.  W. and Strathman, H., "Ultrafiltration of Micromolecular
    Solution with High Flux Membranes," Jour. Appl.  Polymer  Science
    14, 1197 (1970).                                   	

Barber, R. T., "Dissolved Organic Carbon from Deep  Waters Resists
    Microbial Oxidation," Nature 220.  274 (1968).

Barth, E.  F. and Acheson, N. H., "High Molecular Weight Materials in
    Tap Water," Jour. Amer. Water Works Assn. 54, 959 (1962).

Black, A.  P. and Christman, R.  F., "Characterization of Colored Surface
    Waters," Jour. Amer.  Water Works Assn. 55_, 753  (1963).

Black, A.  P. and Christman, R.  F., "Chemical  Characteristics of Fulvic
    Acids," Jour. Amer.  Water Works Assn. 55_, 897 (1963).

Blatt, W.  F., "Solute Polarization and Cake Formation in  Membrane
    Ultrafiltration:  Causes, Consequences and Control  Techniques,"
    in Membrane Science and Technology, Ed.  Flinn J. E.,  p.  47  (1970).

Broadbent, F. G., "Nitrogen Immobilization and Relation to N Containing
    Fractions of Organic  Matter," in "Isotopes and  Radiation in Soil
    Organic Matter Studies," Internet. Atom.  Energy Agency,  Vienna,
    p. 131 (1968).

Bunch, R.  L. je_t al_., "Organic Materials in Secondary Effluents,"
    Jour.  Water Pollut.  Control Feder. 33_, 122 (1961).

Burrows, W. D. and Rowe,  R. S., "Ether Soluble Constitutents of Landfill
    Leachate," Jour. Water Pollut. Control Feder. 4£, 921 (1975).

Cameron, R. S. £t al_., "Molecular Weight and Shape  of Humic  Acid  from
    Sedimentation and Diffusion Measurements and Fractionated Extracts,"
    J. Soil Sci. 23_, 394 (1972).
                                                                   13
Calder, J. A. and Kearsley, F., "Molecular Weight Distribution  and  C
    Content of the Dissolved Organic Carbon in a Salt Marsh," Paper
    presented at the 37th Ann.  Meeting, Americal Soc. Limnol.
    Oceanography, University of Washington,  Seattle (1974).

Carr,  C. W., "Graded Collodion Membranes for Separation of Small
    Molecules," Science 125. 1245 (1957).
                                   79

-------
 Chian, E. S. K. and Mateles, R.  S., "Growth of Mixed Cultures  on Mixed
     Substrates I. Continuous Culture,"   Applied Microbiology 16, 1337
     (1968).                                                 ~~

 Chian, E. S. K. and DeWalle, F.  B., "Sanitary Landfill  Leachates and
     their Treatment," J.  Env.  Engr. Div.  ASCE. 102.  EE2,  411  (1976).

 Christman, R.  F.  and Ghassemi, M.,  "Chemical  Nature  of  Organic  Color
     in Water," Jour. Amer.  Water Works  Assn.  58_,  723 (1966).

 County of Sonoma,  " Sonoma  County Refuse  Stabilization  Study,"  Second
     Annual Report,  Dept.  of Public  Works,  Santa Rosa, CA  (1973).

 Craig, L. C. et aj_., "Dialysis Studies  II  Some Experiments  Dealing with
     the Problem of  Selectivity,  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.  79. 3729 (1957).

 Degens, E. T.  e£al_.,  "Biochemical  Compounds  in Offshore  California
     Sediments  and Seawater," Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 28. 45 (1964).

 DeHaan, H.,  "Molecular Size Distribution  of Soluble  Humic Compounds
     from Different  Natural  Waters,"  Freshwater  Biolog.  2, 235 (1972).

 DeWalle,  F.  B.  and  Chian, E. S.  K.,  "Removal  of Organic Matter  by
     Activated  Carbon Columns," Jour. Env.  Engr. Div. ASCE 100,  1089
     (1974).                    	a	

 DeWalle,  F.  B.  and  Chian, E. S.  K.,  "Kinetics of Formation of Humic
     Substances  in Activated Sludge Systems  and  their Effect on  Floc-
     culation,"  Biotechnol.  Bioengrng. 16.  739  (1974).

 Doig,  M.  T.  and Martin, D.  F., "The  Effect  of Naturally Occuring Organic
     Substances  on the Growth of  a Red Tide  Organisms," Water Research
     8,  601  (1974).

 Dor, I.,  "High  Density Dialysis  Culture of Algae and Sewage," Water
     Research 9. 251  (1975).

 Dubach, P. ejt a]_.,  "Chemical Investigation  of Soil Humic Substances,"
     Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 28,  1567 (1964).

 Durbin, R. F.,  "Osmotic Flow of Water Across Permeable Cellulose
    Membranes," J. Gen. Physiol.  44, 315 (1960).

 Elford, W. J.,  "A New Series of Graded Collodion Membranes Suitable
    for General Bacteriological Use, Especially in Filterable Virus
    Studies," Jour.   Pathol. Bacteriol.  ^4_, 505  (1931).

Elford, W. J., "Principles  Governing the Preparation of Membranes Having
    Graded Porosities," Faraday Soc. Trans. 33_, 1094 (1937).

Elford, W. J. and  Ferry,  J.  D.,  "The Ultrafiltration of Proteins through
    Graded Collodion Membranes."  Biochem.  Jour. 3_2,  84 (1936).

                                  80

-------
 Fang, H. H. P. and Chian, E. S. K., "Removal of Alcohols, Amines and
    Aliphatic Acids in Aqueous Solution by NS-100 Membrane," Jour.
    Appli. Polymer Sci. 19, 1347 (1975).

 Ferry, J. D., "Ultrafliter Membranes and Ultrafiltration," Chem. Rev.
    18., 373 (1936).                                        	

 Fischer, C., "An Introduction to Gel chromatography,"  Amer. Elsevier
    Publ. Comp. Inc., New York (1965).

 Forsyth, W. G. C,  "Studies on the More Soluble Complexes of Soil Organic
    Matter, 2,"  Biochem. J.. 46. 141 (1950).

 Ghassemi, M., "Chemical Nature and Physical  Properties of Color Causing
    Organic Substances in Natural Waters," PhD dissertation, Dept. of
    Civil Engineering, University of Washington,  Seattle, 142 p. (1967).

 Gjessing, E. T. and Lee, G. F., "Fractionation of Organic Matter in
    Natural Waters on Sephadex Columns," Env. Sci.  Techn. ]_, 631 (1967).

 Gjessing, E. T., "Ultrafiltration of Aquatic Humus,"  Env. Sci.  Techno!.
    4, 437 (1970).                                   	

 Gjessing ,E. T. , "Effects of pH on the  Filtration of  Aquatic Humus Using
    Gels and Membranes," Schweiz. Zeitschr.  Hydro!. 3JU  592 (1971).

 Gjessing, E. T., "Gel and Ultra Membrane Filtration of Aquatic  Humus:
    A Comparison of the Two Methods," Schweiz. Zeitschr.  Hydro!. 35,
    286 (1973)	

 Jacobs, S., "The Distribution of Pore Diameters in Graded Ultrafilter
    Membranes," Filtration Separation,  9, 525 (1972).

 Good,  C. M. et aj_., "Molecular Filtration, Application in Virus
    Purification and Binding Studies,"  Amer. Laboratory  6, 71  (1974).

Hoak,  R. D., "Recovery and Identification of Organics in Water," in
    Advances in Water Pollution Research, Ed. Southgate  B.A.,  Pergamon
    Press,  Vol. 1, p. 163 (1963).

 Hughes, G.  M.  ejb al., "Hydrogeology of  Solid Waste Disposal  Sites in
    N.E. Illinois?1" Report SW12d US-EPA, Washington,  D.C. (1971).

Hunter, J.  V.  and Heukelekian, H. , "The Composition of Domestic Sewage
    Fractions," Jour. Water Pollut.  Control  Feder.  37. 8, 1142  (1965).

 Ishiwatari, R., "Molecular Weight Distribution of Humic  Acids  from Lake
    and Marine Sediments," Geochemical  Journal 5. 121  (1971).

Kesting, R. E., "Synthetic Polymer Membranes," McGraw Hill,  New York,
    307 p.  (1971)
                                  81

-------
 Konanova, M. M.,  "Soil Organic Matter," Second Ed., Pergamon Press,
     New York  (1966).

 Lamar,  W. L. and  Goerlitz, D. F., "Organic Acids in Naturally Colored
     Surface Waters,"  Geol Survey Water  Supply Paper 1817A, Washington,
     D.C.  (1966).

 Leenheer, J. A. and Malcolm, R. L., "Fractionation and Characterization
     of  Natural Organic Matter from Certain Rivers and Soils by Free
     Flow Electrophoresis," U.S. Geological Survey Water Supply Paper
     1817 E, 14 p. Washington, D.C. (1973).

 Lin,  Y.  H., "Acid and Gas Production from Sanitary Landfills," PhD
     dissertation, Department of Civil Engineering, University of
     Virginia, Morgantown, WV (1966).

 Madras,  S. et al., "A Preliminary Study of the Permeability of Cellophane
     to  LiquWTrr  Can. J. Res. 27. B, 764 (1949).

 Mao,  M.  C. M. and Pohland, F. G., "Continuing Investigations and Landfill
     Stabilization with Leachate Recirculation," Special Research Report,
     Department of Civil Engineering, Georgia Inst.  Techn., Atlanta, GA
     (1973).

 Martin,  J. P. et aj_., "Synthesis of Phenols and Phenolic Polymers by
     HendersanuTa" Formuladea in Relation to Humic Acid Formation," Soil
     Sci. Soc. Amer Proceed 36. 311 (1972).

 McBain,  J. W. and Kistler, J., "Ultrafiltration as a Test for Colloidal
     Constituents  in Aqueous and Non Aqueous Systems," J. Phys. Chem.35. 130 (1931)

 Meschia, G and Stniker, I.,"Experimental Study of Osmosis Through a
     Celloidon Membrane," J. Gen. Physio. 42, 429 (1958).

 Michaels, A. S., "Ultrafiltration," in Progress in Separation and Purifi-
    cation, Vol 1, E.S. Perry Ed., Interscience, New York, p.  297 (1968).

 Morton, T. H., "The Dyeing of Cellulose with Direct Dyestuffs; the
     Importance of the Colloidal  Constitution of the Dye Solution and
    the Fine Structure ov the Fiber," Trans. Faraday Soc.  31,  262 (1935).

Myrick, H. N.  and Rykman, D.  W., "Considerations in the Isolation and
    Measurements of the Organic Refractories in Water," Jour.  Amer.
    Water Works Assn.  55, 6,  783 (1963).

Packham, R.  F., "Studies of Organic Color  in Natural  Water," Proceed
    Soc. Water Treatment Exam 13,  316 (1964).

Porter,  M. C.  and Michaels, A.  S.,  "Membrane Ultrafiltration,'1 Chem.
    Techno!.  1,  56 (1971).
                                        82

-------
Povoledo, D. and Gerletti, M.s "Recent Studies on the Sedimentary Organic
    Matter from Lake Maggiore, Northern Italy," Mitt.  Intern.  Verein
    Limnol 14, 145 (1968).                      	

Qasim, S. R. and Burchinal, J. C., "Leaching From Simulated Landfills,"
    Jour. Water Pollut. Control Feder. 42,  371 (1970).

Rashid, M. A. and King, L. H., "Chemical  Characteristics of Fractionated
    Humic Acids Associated with Marine Sediments," Chem. Geol  7,  37
    (1971).                                        	

Rebhun, M. and Manka, J., "Classification of Organics in Secondary
    Effluents," Env. Sci. Techn. £, 7, 606 (1971)

Renkin, E. M., "Filtration, Diffusion and Molecular Sieving through
    Porous Cellulose Membranes," J. Gen.  Physio!. 38.,  2, 225 (1954).

Reuter, J. H. and Perdue, G. M., "Chemical  Characterization of Dissolved
    Organic Matter and its Influence on the Chemistry of River Water,"
    OWRC Report A-026-GA, Environ. Research Center, Georgia Inst.  Technol.
    p. 33 (1971).

Robbins, E. and Manro, A., "Experimental  Study of the Independence of
    Diffusion and Hydrodynamic Permeability Coefficients in Collodion
    Membranes," J. Gen. Physiol. 43, 523  (1960).

Schnidler, J. E. and Alberts, J. J., "Analysis of Organic Inorganic
    Associations of Four Georgia Reservoirs," Arch. Hydrobiol. 74
    429 (1974).                                                ~~

Seymour, W. B., "The Preparation of Cellophane Membranes of Graded
    Permeability," J. Biol. Chem. 134. 701  (1940).

Schnitzer, M. and Skinner, S. I. M., "Gelfiltration of Fulvic  Acid,
    A Soil Humic Compound," in Isotopes and Radiation in Soil  Organic
    Matter Studies, IAEA, Vienna, p. 41 (1968).

Schnitzer, M. and Kahn, S. U., "Humic Substances in the Environment,"
    Marcel 1 Dekker, Inc., New York (1972).

Shapiro, J., "Effect of Yellow Organic Acids on Iron and other Metals
    in Water," Jour. Amer. Water Works Assn. 55_, 1062 (1964).

Shorland, F. B., "The Distribution of Fatty Acids in Plant Lipids,"
    in Chemical Plant Taxonory, Ed. Swain T., Academic Press,  New York
    (1963).

Sieburth, J. M. and Jensen, A., "Studies  on Algel Substances in the
    Sea II. The Formation of Gelbstoff, Humic Substances, by Exudates
    of Phaeophuta." J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 3, 265 (1969).
                                    83

-------
Stevenson, F. J. and Goh, K. M., "Infrared Spectra of Humic Acids and
    Related Substances," Geochimica et Gsmochim. Acta 35, 471  (1971).

Swain, F. M., "Non Marine Organic Geochemistry," Cambridge University
    Press, Cambridge, (1970).

Swift, R. S. and Posner, A. M., "Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Sulfur
    Contents of Humic Acids Fractionated with Respect to Molecular
    Weight," J. Soil Science 23, 50 (1972).

Tan, K. H. and McCreery, R. A., "The Infrared Identification of a
    Humopoly Saccharide Ester in Soil  Humic Acid," Soil  Sci. Plant
    Anal. 1, 75 (1970).

VanDyk, H., "Some Physico Chemical  Aspects of the Investigation of
    Humus," in "The Use of Isotopes in Soil Organic Matter Studies,"
    Proceed. Symp FAO, IAEA, Brunswick, Volkenrode, F.R.G., Sept. 1963,
    Pergamon Press, Oxford, p.  129  (1966).

Werschaw, R. L. and Burcar, P.  J.,  "Physical Chemical Properties of
    Naturally Occuring Polyelectrolytes - I Sodium Humate," Proceed.
    3rd Ann. Amer. Water Resources  Conference,  Amer Water Resources
    Assn., Urbana, p. 351 (1967).

Wilander, A., "A Study on the Fractionation of Organic Matter  in Natural
    Waters by Ultrafiltration Techniques," Schweiz. Zeitschr.  Hydro!.
    34, 2, 190 (1972).

Zajic, J. E. and Knettig, E., "Flocculants from Paraffinic Hydrocarbons,"
    Developm. Industr. Microb.  12,  87  (1971).
                                   84

-------
                                  IV
         THE SEQUENTIAL REMOVAL OF ORGANIC MATTER IN LEACHATE
                 DURING AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL DEGRADATION


                              CONCLUSIONS

The present study showed the sequential uptake of different classes of
organics during aerobic biological degradation of leachate obtained from
a recently installed fill.  Using RO and UF membrane fractionation
followed by specific organic analysis it was found that the leachate
degradation occurs in four phases.  The first phase was characterized
by a removal of high molecular weight humic carbohydrate-like organics
as measured by gelpermeation chromatography and specific organic analysis.
Its removal may be due to adsorption onto bacterial floes and by
bridging single particles thus causing a decrease in the filtered
turbidity.  The second phase is characterized by the decrease of the
free volatile fatty acids.  This is also reflected in a decrease of
the oxidation reduction potential, conductivity and dissolved oxygen.
During the second phase of the fatty acid utilization, an accumulation
of intermediates containing the carbonyl group and amino acids was
detected and are most likely derived from the intracellular amino acid
pool of the bacteria.  After removal of these intermediates, representing
the third phase of substrate removal,high-molecular-weight carbohydrates
are excreted by the bacteria resulting in the further flocculation of
the bacteria.  The fourth phase consists of the removal of these high-
molecular-weight humic-carbohydrate-like organics.  The rate of organic
matter removal and the amount removed gradually decreases when the
removal progresses  to  phase four.  The control mechanism that governs
the sequential utilization appears to be catabolite inhibition, i.e.,
inhibition by the catabolite on the functioning rather than on the
synthesis of the induciable enzymes.  The present study also noted
increasing stability for fatty acids, amino acids, carbohydrates, humic
                                   85

-------
and fulvic acids.  Since a similar sequence is noted in the relative
composition of leachate samples from landfills of increasing age,  only
leachate from recently installed fills, containing relatively large
amounts of fatty acids, will  be amenable to biological  treatment,
while such methods will be less effective when the leachate contains
large amounts of humic and fulvic acids.
                                 86

-------
                             INTRODUCTION

Organic matter analysis of leachate samples collected from solid waste
landfills of different ages showed that the free volatile fatty acid
fraction gradually decreased while organics such a humic-carbohydrate-
like compounds and fulvie-like materials became more predominent with
increasing age of the fill (Chian and DeWalle, 1976).  The organic matter
composition in leachate is expected to have a large impact on the treat-
ment efficiency of biological units treating such waste since some
classes of organics are more biodegradable than others.  Several pilot-
and full-scale aerobic and anaerobic units treating leachate have been in
operation but consistently  high efficiency was generally not obtained
due to changes in strength and variations in composition of the leachate
(Ham et_ aj_., 1976).  It was therefore the purpose of this study to follow
the removal of specific classes of organics in leachate during aerobic
biological degradation.  Such tests simulate  the organic matter removal
in a plug-flow activated sludge unit treating leachate.

It is well known that microorganisms in a completely-mixed reactor are
more efficient in the removal of single substrates than a plug-flow
reactor (Herbert £t al_., 1956).  The completely-mixed reactor is pre-
ferred because of the autocatalytic nature of the reaction and the
apparent zero order kinetics for single substrate utilization.  However,
with a complex multi-substrate medium such as wastewater, the plug-
flow reactor, particularly with sludge recycle, is preferred (Eckenfelder
and O'Connor, 1961).  Since uptake rates of individual substrates may
be markedly different in the presence of other substrates, the overall
reaction kinetics may no longer be zero order (Mateles and Chian, 1969).
Well-known examples of such substrate interaction is the occurrence of
diauxic growth in batch pure culture (Monod, 1949), sequential substrate
utilization in batch mixed cultures (Gaudy, 1962; Gaudy et al_., 1963a;
Gaudy et al_., 1963b; Gaudy et.al, 196*; Stumm-Zollinger, 1968) and
sequential substrate removal in continuous pure or mixed cultures
                                   87

-------
 (Komolrit and  Gaudy,  1966;  Ghosh and Pohland,  1972).   All  of the  above
 studies,  however,  were conducted using  mixtures  of pure  carbon  substrates,
 In no instance was the substrate comprised  of  more than  two  or  three
 different carbon  sources.   There have been  no  reported studies  on the
 sequential  uptake  of  substrates  by  microorganisms  in  naturally  occurring
 wastewaters  known  to  contain  multiple substrates  (Painter, 1971).  The
 study reported herein demonstrates  the  sequential  uptake by  micro-
 organisms of the different  chemical  groups  present in  leachate  using
 batch-mixed  cultures.   The  leachate  was  generated  from a pilot-scale
 sanitary  landfill.  Results of this  study show that the  same control
 mechanisms that govern  the  sequential uptake of substrates by bacterial
 cells  in  well-defined  synthetic  media are also applicable  to complex
 wastewaters.

 The efficiency of activated sludge systems  depends  on  the ability  of
 microorganisms to degrade the different  food sources present in the
 influent.  The carbon  leaving the effluent  of  an activated sludge  unit
 is mostly refractory or inert material that the bacteria are not  able
 to degrade.  It may consist of polymerized  waste products of the
 bacteria  which are excreted into the  solution.  Other  refractory
 materials may  consist of cell material or inert material from lyzed
 cells.  Some of these slowly degradable  products have  been referred to
 as humus-like  substances and their presence may represent 20 to 50
 percent of the chemical oxygen demand (COD) of the  effluent.   These
 humic  substances have a molecular weight ranging from  several hundreds
 to tens of thousands  (Schnitzer  and Kahn, 1972).  They are able to
 chelate heavy metals and prevent their removal  in treatment  plants,
 protect pathogenic organisms by  coating and impair  the color  of the
effluent.

Only a few studies have analyzed the organic composition of  the effluent
of biological treatment plants.  Painter je_t a_l_. (1961) were  able to
classify 25 percent of the organic matter while Bunch et. jal_.   (1961)
identified 35 percent.  The remaining part was thought to consist of

-------
humic material.   Dialysis  tests  with  secondary effluent  showed  that
21 to 49 percent of the soluble  COD was  retained by a  cellulose dialysis
membrane indicating presence of  high  molecular compounds (Bunch et a!.,
1961).

Rebhun and Manka (1971) calculated that  39.3 to 45.2 percent of the  COD
in activated sludge effluent consisted of humic substances;  however,
their extraction technique may have overestimated the  fulvic acid
fraction.  Free volatile fatty acid and  other compounds  could be extracted
by the butanol used for extracting the fulvic fraction which, in turn,
may increase the weight of this  layer.

A preliminary study by Bender et a^L  (1970), using gel-permeation
chromatography, showed the presence of two molecular weight  fractions
in activated sludge effluent. Both fractions had a complexing capacity
for heavy metals.  A similar technique employing Sephadex columns was
used by Obiaga and Ganczarczyk (1972) and Minear and Christman (1966)
who also found a low molecular weight fraction in the effluent.

A recent development in the identification of organic matter in waste-
water is the combined use of membranes and Sephadex columns  to analyze
the higher molecular weight substances.   Goldsmith et^ aK (1971) first
characterized the molecular weight fractions of proteins in  cheese
whey using Sephadex columns while employing membrane ultrafiltration
to concentrate the high-molecular-weight protein fraction.  A similar
technique was used by A. D. Little, Inc. (1971).  No use has yet been
made of reverse osmosis and ultrafiltration membranes to concentrate
wastewater or effluent for analyzing  organic matter.  In previous
studies in this laboratory,initial use was made of extraction techniques
to obtain the high molecular weight humic and fulvic acids.   Because
of the unsatisfactory nature of these procedures, new methods  were
adopted and extensive use was made of ultrafiltration (UF) and reverse
osmosis  (RO) membranes in combination with Sephadex separation
(DeWalle and Chian, 1974).
                                    89

-------
 A  relatively  large  number  of studies  concerning  the  nature of refractory
 organics  have been  conducted in  the area  of  soil  biochemistry and recent
 reports  show  humic  acid  to have  a  molecular  weight ranging from 5,000 to
 100,000 while the molecular weight for  fulvic acid varied between 2,000
 and  10,000  (Hurst and Surges,  1967).  They also  showed that about 50
 percent of  the total carbon of humic  acid might  be present in aromatic
 structures, 20 percent in  functional  groups  and  30 percent in aliphatic
 structures.   A large fraction  of the  oxygen  is contained in the func-
 tional groups especially the  carboxyl group  which can be as high as
 8.9  meq/g for fulvic acid  and  3.7  meq/g for  humic acid.

 The  formation of humic and  fulvic  acids is not yet well understood.
 Several investigators have  proposed that fungi and bacteria are able to
 convert notyet  stabilized  organic  material into  final humic and fulvic
 matter.  Waksman (1936) formulated that humic substances are derived
 primarily from  the  interaction of  plant lignin with proteins from the
 soil microorganisms which  generates a humic  nucleus to which undecomposed
 residues are  attached.   An  opposing view has been presented by Kononova
 (1966) who  indicated that  some soil fungi would convert a food source
 to simple phenols,  amino acids and carbohydrates which then condensed
 extracellularly into a brown organic residue which was found to closely
 resemble natural humic acid.  The author presented evidence for
 quinoid-amino  acid  melanoidin  type humic compounds.

 Similar studies were conducted by Martin and Haider (1969)  and Hurst
 and Wagner  (1972) who grew  fungi on a glucose-asparagine-salt solution
 for several weeks and detected numerous phenolic compounds  in the medium.
After the cessation of the  excretion of phenolic compounds, a humic-like
 polymer appeared in the medium accompanied by a decrease in the free
phenolic compounds.   The humic acid was similar to soil  humic acids in
 its slow rate of microbial   decomposition, number of carboxyl  and phenolic
hydroxyl  groups and molecular weight as determined by gel filtration.
The humic substances may have been formed intracellularly and released
into the solution after cell lysis.
                                    90

-------
Besides the relatively stable humic and fulvic acids, it has been found
that certain high-molecular-weight carbohydrates, alone or in combina-
tion with humic material, are also resistant to microbial attack.  The
most stable compounds were isolated from exocellular polysaccharides
(Finch 
-------
                          MATERIALS  AND  METHODS

 The batch  aeration  tests  were  conducted In  an 80  £  vessel  filled with
 60  a of diluted  leachate.   Leachate,representative  of a young  landfill,
 was obtained  from a  pilot-scale  lysimeter filled  with ground solid
 waste and  was  extensively analyzed  for  its  organic  and inorganic con-
 stituents.  The  bacteria  culture was obtained from  an activated sludge
 unit receiving both  municipal  sewage and leachate at a concentration
 of  a half  volume percent  of the waste stream.  Air  was supplied to
 the mixture at a rate of  2.8 £/min.  The first aeration test (A) was
 conducted  with a leachate  diluted  to a concentration of 91 mg/1 TOC
 and an added bacterial density of 20 mg/1 MLSS.   In the second run
 (B)  both constituents were  increased approximately  five fold and in
 the third  test (C) the leachate concentration was double the amount
 used in the second test.  The leachate  and  the bacteria were diluted
 with distilled deionized water supplied with N and  P in similar
 quantities as used in BOD dilution  water (APHA, 1971).

 At  the end of each test run the solids were removed by centrifugation
 and the centrifugate was concentrated with  an Abcor (Cambridge, Mass.)
 BEU-301 reverse  osmosis unit using  an AS-197 membrane.

 The higher molecular weight organic matter was further concentrated
 with an Amicon (Lexington, Mass.) ultrafilter cell using an UM-05
 untrafiltration  membrane with a nominal  500 MW cut-off.   The retentate
 was  separated into its components using Sephadex G-75 (Pharmacia,
 Piscataway, N.J.) columns which separate carbohydrate-like material
 between a molecular weight of 1,000 and 50,000.   The high-molecular-
weight fraction  of the G-75 was further separated with a 6-150 column
and the low molecular weight fraction with a G-25 column (Gjessing and
 Lee, 1967).  The total organic carbon (TOC)  analysis established the
distribution of  the organic matter in the different molecular weight
                                  92

-------
fractions.  Proteins in the different molecular weight fractions were
measured with the ninhydrin method after extensive digestion (Stevenson
and Cheng, 1970).  The more sentivive Lowry test could not be used,
since many constituents with a phenolic hydroxyl group, such as humic
and fulvic acids, interfere (1955).  The carbohydrates were determined
with the anthrone test (Dreywood, 1946).

Functional groups in the different molecular weight fractions were also
measured with colorimetric tests.  The carbonyl groups were determined
with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine, which detects ketones but does not
measure carbonyl in carboxyl groups or aldehydes in sugars, as described
by Lappin and Clark (1951) and modified by Sanders and Schubert (1971).
The carboxyl groups were determined with the hydroxyl amine test as
reported by Montgomery et al_. (1962) and Lehmann and Wilhelm (1968).
The phenolic hydroxyl group was determined with the tannin test as
reported in Standard Methods (APHA, 1971).  These colorimetric tests
were also conducted on filtered samples using 0.45 y Millipore (Bedford,
Mass.) membrane filter.  Samples were removed at regular intervals during
the aeration test to determine changes in the monitored parameters over
time.  Other parameters monitored during the aeration test were turbidity,
after filtration through a Whatmann 4 filter paper (W and R Ldt,
Madestone, G. B.), suspended solids, pH, dissolved oxygen (DO), oxida-
tion-reduction potential (ROP), conductivity, and total organic carbon
(TOC)•
                                    93

-------
                       RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

An extensive analysis of the leachate used in this study showed that
51 percent of the TOC consisted of free volatile fatty acids with
butyric and acetic acid present in the highest concentrations followed
in concentration by caproic acid, iso-valeric acid, propionic acid,
valeric acid and isobutyric acid, respectively.

The high-molecular-weight fraction, as obtained in the ultrafilter
retentate, represented 27.2 percent of the TOC of the leachate.  When
the retentate was further separated on a Sephadex G-75 column, two
large peaks, as measured with the TOC, became apparent (Figure 15).
The last eluted peak representing the low-molecular-weight material
(69 percent of the TOC of the UF retentate) evolved before the salt
peak.  It was, therefore, considered to have a molecular weight larger
than 1000, possibly between 1000 and 5000.  The high-molecular-weight
material representing 21.6 percent of the TOC of the ultrafilter
retentate evolved at an elution volume similar to that of the Sephadex
10  MW grade dextran, and is, therefore, larger than 50,000.  The
application to G-25 and G-150 did not result in further significant
separation.  A similar result was observed by Gjessing and Lee (1967).
Analysis showed that the carbohydrates, phenolic, hydroxyl and carbonyl
groups were equally distributed between the two fractions; however, the
carboxyls were only observed in the low molecular fraction.  Infra-red
spectra of the two molecular-weight fractions showed close resemblance
to humic and fulvic acid spectra as reported by Goh and Stevenson
(1971) and Stevenson and Goh (1971).   The high molecular weight frac-
tion resembled a humic acid with a strong peak near 1620 cm  , which
corresponds to the carbonyl  adsorption bond in quinones and diketones.
Also,  it had some characteristics of a polysaccharide.  The low molecular
weight fraction resembled a fulvic acid with a strong peak near 1720
cm" ,  which corroborated the result of the carboxyl  test.   Although
                                   94

-------
10
01
                                                                                                    SO -1320
                                                                                                        280
                                                                                                        240  E
                                                                                                            U
                                                                                                        200  <
                                                                                                            o
                                                                                                        ISO
                                                                                                            K
                                                                                                        120  9
                                                                                                         so
                                                                                                         4O
              o*—  o1—
                                                      so
                                                                                  100
                                                      Elution Volume, ml
                  Figure 15.   Elution Pattern of the Ultrafiltration Retentate on  Sephadex
                        G-75 before Aeration of the Leachate with Activated Sludge

-------
 further characterization studies with mass spectrometry are still  under-
 way,  the high-molecular-weight substance will  be referred to as  humic
 acid  (HA) and the low-molecular-weight fraction as  fulvic acid (FA).

 The unidentified fraction of the organic matter (21.8 percent of the
 TOC)  may have consisted of fulvic acid fragments with a molecular  weight
 less  than 500 as detected in the UF permeate.   This  fraction gave  a
 positive phenolic hydroxyl  test.   Most of the  inorganic anions were
 present as chlorides  and sulfates.   Calcium,  iron and sodium were  the
 major cations.

 The result of the aeration  tests  showed  that organics in the leachate,
 as  measured with the  TOC, were  removed in four  steps;  the  first mainly
 representing  the removal  of the humic, carbohydrate-like substances;
 the second representing  the uptake  of the free  volatile fatty acids; and
 the third  corresponding  to  the  removal of intermediates released during the
 second  stage, while refractory  organics  are removed  in  the  fourth  stage.

 In  order to gain insight  into the mechanism of  the formation  of  refrac-
 tory  material, test A was terminated  at  the beginning of the  second
 phase during  maximum  fatty  acid uptake.   Test B  was  terminated at  the
 end of  the third phase, when the excreted  intermediates  were  exhausted
 (53 hrs,  see  Figure 18).  The third test  (C) was  aerated  for  450 hours.

 The changes of the different parameters during aeration  of  test B are
 presented  in  Figure 16,  17  and  18.  Figure 16 shows  that  the  organic
 matter was  removed in sequence,with the  first phase  occurring between
 zero and 10 hours; the second phase between 10 and 23 hours;  and the
 last phase  between 23 and 48 hours.   In  the first phase,  it shows a
 decrease in TOC  from 580 mg/1 to 480  mg/1.  In this  period  the suspended
 solids show their first increase (Figure  17).   An increase was also
 observed in the ORP, pH and conductivity, but no  large oxygen demand
was exerted.  The carboxyl  test measuring the free volatile fatty acids
                                    96

-------
      )r—   8.0r—  8,IOi
                    r-  BOO
    zro —  7,0
    260
    250
       — 6.0
             —  7,90
             —  T.70
       —  5,0 —  7,50
0.
or
o
    £40
q
d
    230
       —  3.0
       — E.O
    210
    2OO
       —   1.0
                ; 7.30
             —  7.10
             —  6,90
             —  6.TO
       U.   0
                 6.50
                                                                                                  ,4 i IO
                                                         Time, hours
                  Figure 16,   Change of pH,  DO, ORP, TOC and  Conductivity
                               During Aeration of the Wastewater

-------
30r—  300.0
00
             20
  —>J 20QP
    I
    «
    O.
             10
              01—     0«—   0
                        —  150
                                           10
                                                        20             30


                                                            Time,  hours
                                                                      40
                     Figure 17.   Change of Suspended Solids, Turbidity  and Filtered
                               Turbidity During Aeration of the Wastewater
                                                                                    50

-------
UD
US
4O
», 3°
>x
r
•T
Q
i
i M
u
»
S
^

o
— ° 200

100

•^ 0

— Z4
— 21
-i.18
•>v
?
-•15
O
tt
«
-°I2
•>
«*
o
-0 9
>»
|
W
~ D

-
f\
^ O

— 8.O
- ™i
-•,6-0
r
- -o 5.0
< 1
U
'E.
c
-^4.0

^T
~«
0
•
^
-°- 2.0

— 1.0
^M rt
fc-« g

1 i i I i
w
1 /-Proteins / ~
x /\ /
^^-^O-^v . i Corbohydrates •*./
v IJ^^X* /
>>-^v 7 ?~t^^\ /
— ^^ S> 1 X\ '
X / / ^ V
"•^fi" 	 * /\l / VVTI ^ 	 "
' ""••— «-5^. / \ * \ ^ ^x»"
/ *^/ y\' \ Ovx*^'^ ~
it / v » ^^c1*^
A\ / / *^^\ Nv
- ^_v— • ^ **»• 1 \ 'v*^ /- Phenolic OH
^" \' \ \ s 	 ,
% 1 • \ v>— — O
1 \ X
l« >• \
l\ \ \
' » X \/~ Corbonyl
/ » » D
— • » % v
_ / v corto \.\
j,.— o — o--0"" "° \/" " °Xy "^^"^
— °* % \
II 1 1 *
) 10 20 30 40 50
Time, hours

300
*<
^v.
200 g
_
_C
^J
3
•>
_l
CO
<
«0
100 -5
k_
Q.


0


             Figure 18.   Change of Proteins,  Carbonhydrates,  Phenolic Hydroxyl-,  Carbonyl-and
                          Carboxyl Substances During Aeration of the Wastewater

-------
 present in the diluted leachate also remained constant (Figure 18),
 while the increase in conductivity indicated  dissociation  of these
 acids as the pH  increases.

 The analysis of  the humic material,  obtained  after  termination of test
 A with subsequent RO and UF concentration  of  the  effluent,  showed that
 the amount of substances greater than  500  MW  had  dropped from  27.2
 percent of the initial  TOC  to  7.10 percent of the TOC  of the solution
 at end of test A.   Of the different  components detected in  the 500 MW
 UF retentate,  a  large reduction was  observed  in the carbohydrates.  The
 ratio of the carbohydrates  to  TOC (as  mg dextrose/mg TOC)  in the  humic
 acid and fulvic  acid peak decreased  from 0.47  to  0.35  and  from 0.23 to
 0.16 respectively (Figure 15 and  19).  These  ratios  were obtained using
 the carbohydrate value  divided by the  maximum TOC value of  the fraction.
 A similar decrease  in  ratios was  observed  for the phenolic  hydroxyl and
 carbonyl  in  the  humic  acid  fraction.   The  increase  in  carboxyl/TOC
 ratio may indicate  the  higher  resistance of this  group to bacterial
 attack or a  conversion  from hydroxyl and carbonyl groups to  the carboxyl
 group.   During this  first stage  the  fulvic  acid is  removed  to  a larger
 extent than  the  humic  acid  fraction  with the  result  that the ratio of
 humic to fulvic  increased from 0.42  to 0.77.  This preferential removal
 may be due to  the higher initial  concentrations of  the fulvic  compared
 to the humic acid.   The rapid  increase in  suspended  solids and a
 decrease of  the  filtered turbidity during  the first  5  hour period
 (Figure 17)  may  indicate that  the  humic-carbohydrate-!ike materials
 have  flocculating properties and are able  to bridge  single
 particles.   These data may  therefore indicate that the humic carbohydrate-
 like  materials are  removed  by  adsorption onto the bacteria floes.  The
 presence  of  a  high  iron concentration  (75 mg/1) and  its oxidation during
 aeration  may also have enhanced the  floe formation.

 It  should  be noted that the filtered turbidity (Figure 17)  and the
carbohydrates  (Figure 18) show a small increase at the end of  the first,
and the beginning of the second phase.  It  could well  be that  at  this
                                   100

-------
-*»*
                                                                      2 I
                               Elutlon Volumt, ml
                                   Elution Volum*, mi
Figure 19.  Elution Pattern  of the Reverse Osmosis  and  Ultra-filtration
      Retentate on Sephadex  G-75 During Aeration  of the Leachate
           (a) Corresponding with Maximum Substrate Uptake
        (b) After Uptake of  the Readily Available Carbon Source
                                   101

-------
point the degradable part of the adsorbed humic carbohydrate-like
materials is consumed by the cells and that some of these degraded
carbohydrate segments are subsequently released into the solution
(Figure 18).  Redispersion of the flocculated particles due to decrease
of such bridging materials is evidenced by the increase in the filtered
turbidity (Figure 17).  Utilization of carbohydrates in the first
phase is also evidenced by the inhibition of the fatty acid uptake
(Figure 17).  This was shown by Chian and Mateles (1968) to occur with
butyric acid in the presence of glucose.  The uptake rate of mono-
saccharides by the cells occurs more rapidly than that of fatty acids.
The lower rate of substrate utilization observed in the first phase as
compared to the second phase fatty acid utilization is, therefore, most
satisfactorily explained by the rate limiting step of hydrolysis.  It
is necessary to hydrolyze the high-molecular-weight carbohydrates in
the media to make them available to the cells (Banerji crt ah, 1968).

The second phase of the TOC removal is characterized by the decrease of
the free volatile fatty acids as measured with the carboxyl test
(Figure 18).  Shortly before the beginning of the acid uptake the
oxidation reduction potential (Figure 16) shows a decrease, indicating
the decrease of the oxidation state of the oxidative co-enzymes.  The
decrease in conductivity parallels the actual removal of the fatty
acids from the solution.  Only after the acid is taken up in the
Tricarboxylic Acid Cycle (TCA cycle) is an oxygen demand exerted which
explains the decrease of the DO in the solution lagging behind the
actual uptake.

During the second phase of the fatty acid utilization, an accumulation
of an intermediate containing the carbonyl group was first detected in
the medium after about 19 hours of aeration (Figure 17).  A similar
accumulation was observed for proteins or amino acids at a much higher
concentration.  The excretion of intermediates during the active meta-
bolism of monosaccharides was realized by Gaudy e£ afh(1964)  Mateles
and Chian, 0969).  The intermediates were later found to contain acetic
                                  102

-------
acid.  These authors observed that as much as 30-40% of the carbon
substrates, particularly when fed in the form of mixtures,  was  excreted
as intermediates.   However,  only 10% of the carbon substrates  lost  as
intermediates was identified as acetic acid when fed with glucose
alone, and 15% when fed with glucose and lactose.  A complete  material
balance of the excreted intermediaries has never been attained  due  to
the lack of information on the nature of other excreted compounds
(Mateles and Chian, 1969).

While intracellular amino acid pool accumulation has been reported  in
batch cultures of Saccharomyces cerevisiae (Brown, 1969; Moat  et al.,
1969) Bacillus megaterium (Nelson and Kornberg, 1970), and Escherichia
coli (Brada, 1970), only one study reported the accumulation of extra-
cellular amino acids.  Clark e_taj_. (1972) observed such an increase
in cultures of Bacillus licheniformis when the cells changed from
vegetative to sporulation metabolism.  Most of the authors observed that
the total intracellular amino acid pool increased during exponential
growth and decreased rapidly thereafter.  This agrees well  with this
observation which shows that the extracellular proteins (or amino  acids)
decrease rapidly toward the end of the active metabolism of fatty  acids.
It was calculated that the maximum amount of proteins excreted accounted
for 35-50% of the total weight of the fatty acids initially present 1n
the medium, which is appreciable (Figures 18).

The authors cited above also reported that only a few amino acids  made
up the majority of the pool.  Between 70-80% of the amino acids in the
pool consisted of glutamate followed by 10-20% alanine and in  some cases
small amounts of aspartate.  A review of amino acid biosynthesis shows
that each of these amino acids is derived from an a-keto acid  (a-keto-
glutaric acid, pyruvic acid and oxaloacetic acid, respectively).  Only
glutamic acid is formed from direct amidation of a-ketogluraric acid
with ammonia.  Aspartic acid and alanine are formed by transamination of
oxaloacetic acid and pyruvate with glutamic acid.  The abundance of
                                  103

-------
 glutamic acid found in the anrino acid pool  as  reported  by  the  above
 authors is therefore well  explicable.

 Based on these observations,  it  was  expected that  the excreted amino
 acids and keto containing  compounds  found  in this  study were predominatly
 glutamate and glutamine, respectively.   Excretion  of substantial amounts
 of alanine during  active metabolism  of fatty acids is unlikely,  since
 pyruvate is not an intermediate  in the catabolic pathways  of fatty acids.
 Excretion of the other a-keto  acids,  such as o-keto glutaric acid and
 oxaloacetic acid,  is  also  unlikely,  since the  intermediaries in  the
 catabolic pathway  are not  expected to  accumulate in substantial  amounts
 in the cells.   It  is  worthwhile  to note  that both  acetic acid  and gluta-
 mate  represent intermediates being excreted at the branching point of
 the metabolic  pathways.  The former  is  excreted prior to acetyl-CoA
 entering into  the  citric acid  (Krebs)  cycle for energy  yielding  steps
 of oxidative phosphorylation for ATP production.   Both  of  these  excre-
 tions  appear to be regulated by  the  delicate enzyme control systems within
 cells  to prevent from unnecessary waste  of energy.

 As shown in Figure 16, the rate  of TOC  removal started  decreasing at
 about  the twenty-ninth hour of aeration.  At this  time, the dissolved
 oxygen (DO)  level  increased rapidly  as a result of exhaustion  of fatty
 acids.   This is  indicated  by the diminishing of the carboxyl group in
 the medium (Figure 18).  This transition into  a slower  rate of substrate
 uptake in terms  of TOC removal represents the  third phase of substrate
 utilization.   In this  phase, continuing  removal of excreted proteins
 (amino acids),  carbonyl (keto)-containing and  phenolic-OH containing
 substances  were  observed (Figure 18).

 During  the  removal  of these intermediates in the third  phase, the carbo-
 hydrate  concentration starts to  increase again.  This also corresponds
with a decrease  in  the filtered turbidity.   The increase in the carbo-
hydrate concentration reflects an increase in the amount of refractory
material.  After termination of test B, the solids were removed by
                                    104

-------
centrifugation.  The supernatant was concentrated with the RO and UF
module.  Results of TOC analysis showed that the amount of organic matter
retained by the 500 MW ultrafiltration membrane had increased from 7.1
percent to 21.6 percent.  This represents an actual increase in concen-
tration of the refractory material in the solution from an estimated
20.7 mg/1 during the middle of the second phase to 39.9 mg/1 at the end
of the third phase.  The most notable increase was shown by the carbo-
hydrate in the larger than 50,000 MW fraction (Figure 19).  As a result
of this increase, the carbohydrate to TOC ratio of the humic acid
fraction increased from 0.35 to 0.67.

The fulvic acid fraction was characterized by a strong increase in
carbonyl-bearing structures as shown at an elution volume of 90 ml
(Figure 19).  This appears to be at an expense of a reduction of the
carboxyl groups, since the ratio of carboxyl to TOC (as mg acetic acid/
rug TOC) decreased from 1.32 at the end of test A to 0.158 at the termi-
nation of test B.  It is also seen from Figure 19 a and b that the humic
to fulvic acid ratio decreased from 0.77 (Figure 19a) to 0.55 (Figure 19b).
This may have been the result of the preferential adsorption and bridging
of the humic carbohydrate-like polymers onto the bacteria during the
flocculation stage.  The fulvic fraction showed a decrease  in the
carbohydrate/TOC ratio from 0.16 in the middle of the second phase
(test A) to 0.06 at the end of the third phase (test B).  This lower
carbohydrate content may have prevented its adsorption onto the sludge
particles by not providing sufficient polymers for bridging to the
bacterial mass.

This observation may also explain the settling behavior observed  in a
continuous control and test unit employed during further  investigations.
The test unit receiving various volume percentages of leachate and
municipal sewage generally experienced poorer settling characteristics
than the control unit treating only municipal sewage.  The  carbohydrate
to TOC ratio of the humic acid fraction  in  the effluent of  the control
                                   105

-------
 unit was 0.68 while it was only 0.37 in the effluent of test unit.  This
 apparent shortage of humic-carbohydrate-like polymers and the resulting
 lack of bridging may have caused the observed impairment of the floc-
 culation and the higher TOC and color in the effluent of the latter
 unit.  A large part of this TOC, which mostly consists of humic sub-
 stances, may not be able to adsorb onto the sludge cells and be removed
 along with the sludge.   The higher humic acid to fulvic acid ratio
 in the effluent of the test unit as compared to the control unit would
 substantiate this conclusion.  This observation has an important impact
 on activated sludge sewage treatment plants.  These units are operated
with respect to optimum carbon removal,  which may differ from the condi-
 tions required for optimum floe formation and removal of humic sub-
 stances.  If more stringent requirements will apply to the presence
of residual organics in the effluent, the treatment plant or its opera-
 tion may have to be modified in order to ensure optimum removal of these
 substances.

A subsequent experiment (test C) was conducted with a feed containing
approximately twice the amount of the leachate as used in the previous
 experiment and tested through a much longer period of aeration, 450
 hours (Figure 20, 21).   A decrease of the humic-carbohydrate-like
materials produced by the cells along with the others can be seen
 clearly at a time starting from 160 hours of aeration (Figure 21).
This represents the fourth phase of substrate utilization which is
carried out at even a slower rate as is  shown by the lower rate of
TOC removal (Figure 20).

These four distinct phases of substrate  utilization not only demon-
strate clearly the occurrence of sequential  substrate removal in a
natural  wastewater, but also explain well the shape of the inverse
sigmoidal  curve commonly observed for the BOD removal in the wastewater.
Figure 20 depicts a typical  inverse sigmoidal curve for the TOC removal
from the wastewater under this study.
                                  106

-------
   15
          9.0
          8.0
           7.0
          6.0
.t  10
       O 4.0
       Q
          3.0
          2.0
           1.0
     1—    0
                  8.0
                  7.0
                  6.0
                  5.0 «—
                         900
                                         100
                                                      zoo
                                                                    3OO
                                                                                  4OO
                                                         Time,  hours
                                                                                                — 2.55 «10*
                                                                                                — 2.50x10*
E
o
•v>
O

"I
4.
1
                                                                                                — 2.45 x I04  O
                                                                                                500
                                                                                                  2.40x10*
         Figure 20.   Change of Filtered Turbidity,  DO, pH,  TOC and Conductivity  During
                   a  Longer  Period  of Aeration with  a Higher Strength Leachate

-------
o
00
          60
          50
        9
           40
        o.
        o
        O
        U
« 2O
o
o
U

   10
                 I5OO
- x

•§500
 O
U
                         80
                         70
               8 60
               0
                       X
                    —   5°
         O 40

         O
         w

        £ 30
                       O
                      O 20
                         10
                  O1	
                                                                                                      900
                                                              Time, hours

              Figure 21.  Change of  Carbohydrate, Proteins (Amino acids) and  Phenolic Hydroxyl-,
                         Carbonyl- and  Carboxyl  Containing Substances During  a  Longer
                              Period of Aeration with a Higher Strength  Leachate

-------
The overall control  mechanism that governs the sequential  utilization
of substrates appears to follow the mechanisms described by Gaudy et al.
(1964), i.e. catabolite inhibition, wherein the effect of the catabolites
is on the functioning, rather than on the synthesis of the inducible
enzymes.  This is evidenced by the smooth and the continuing curve
observed for TOC removal and the absence of the lag period required
for the utilization  of the less preferred substrate after the exhaustion
of the more preferred one.

The present study shows that the relative composition of the substrate
i.e., the leachate,  has a large impact on the rate of organic matter
removal and on the total amount removed.  Increased stability is noted
for fatty acids,ami no acids, carbohydrates, humic and fulvic acids.
As pointed out by Chian and DeWalle (1976) a similar sequence is noted
in the relative composition of leachate samples collected from landfills
of increasing age.  This in turn indicates that leachate of young fills,
containing substantial amounts of fatty acids, is amenable to biological
degradation while such treatment methods will be less effective when
the leachate contains large amounts of fulvic and humic acids.  Such
leachate is therefore preferably treated by physical-chemical methods.
                                   109

-------
                             REFERENCES
American Public Health Association, Standard Methods for the Examination
    of Water and Wastewater, Editors M. J. Taras et al., American Public
    Health Association, Washington, D.C. (1971).

Banerji, S. K., Ewing, B. B., Engelbrecht, R. S. and Speece, R. E.,
    "Mechanism of Starch Removal in the Activated Sludge Process,"
    J. Water Pollut. Control Fed. 40, 16 (1968).

Barker, S. A. and Somers, P. J., "Bacterial and Fungal Polysaccharides,"
    in The Carbohydrates, Vol. 11B, Editors W. Pigman, ejb a]_., Academic
    Press Inc., New York (1970).

Bender, M. E., et al_. , "On the Significance of Metal Complexing Agents
    in Secondary Sewage Effluents," Environmental Science and Technology,
    4, 520 (1970).                  -

Broda, P., "Der Aminosauerpool von Escherichia coil bei Aminosaure-
    aushungerung," Monatsch. Chem. 102, 811 (1970).

Brown, C. M., "The Ami no Acid Pools of Yeast," J. Gen. Microbiol. 58,
    ...
Bunch, R. L. £t al,., "Organic Materials in Secondary Effluents,"
    Journal Mater Pollution Control Federation, 33., 122 (1961).

Busch, P. L. and Stumm, W., "Chemical Interaction in the Aggregation of
    Bacteria," Environmental Science and Technology. ,2, 49 (1968).

Chian, S. K. and Mateles, R. I., "Growth of Mixed Cultures on Mixed
    Substrates - I. Continuous Culture," Appl .  Microbiol. 16, 1337
    (1968).                                 --

Chian, E. S. K. and DeWalle, F. B., "Sanitary Landfill  Leachates  and
    their Characterizations," Jour. Environ. Engr.  Div. ASCE, 102,
    EE2, 411 (1976).          - --

Clark, V. L. et al. , "Changes in Free Amino Acid Production and  Intra-
    cellular A"mino Acid Pools of Bacillus lichem'-formis as a Function
    of Culture Age and Growth Medium." J. Bacteriol. 112. 715 (1972).

DeWalle, F. B. and Chian, E. S. K., "Removal of Organic Matter by
    Activated Carbon Columns," Environ. Engr.  Div.  ASCE 100,  1089 (1974).

Dreywood, R., "Qualitative Tests for Carbohydrate Materials," Ind.  Eng.
    Chem. Anal. Ed. 18. 499 (1946).
                                   110

-------
Dunican, L. K. and Seeley, H. W., "Extracellular Polysaccharide
    Synthesis by Members of the Genus Lactobacillus,  Conditions for
    Formation and Accumulation," Journal General Microbiology.  40,
    297 (1965).                  	    ~~

Eckenfelder, W. W. and O'Connor, D.  J., "Biological  Waste Treatment,"
    Perganon Press, New York (1961).

Finch, P.  et_ al_., "The Biochemistry of Soil  Polysaccharides,"  in Soil
    Biochemistry. Vol. 2, Editors A. D. McLaren and  J.  Skujins,
    Marcel  Dekker Inc., New York (1972).

Friedman,  B. A. e_t a]_., "Structure of Exocellular Polymers and  Their
    Relationship to Bacterial Flocculation," Journal  Bacteriology,  98,
    1328 (1969).                                                   ~~

Gaudy, A.  F., Jr., "Studies on Induction and Repression in Activated
    Sludge Systems," Appl. Microbiol. ]_0, 264 (1962).

Gaudy, A.  P., Jr., Gaudy, E. T. and Komolrit, "Multicomponent  Substrate
    Utilization by Natural Populations and a Pure Culture of Escherichia
    Coli," Appl. Microbiol. 1]_, 157 (1963).

Gaudy, A.  F., Jr., Komolrit, K. and Gaudy, E. T., "Sequential  Substrate
    Removal in Response to Qualitative Shock Loading of Activated
    Sludge Systems," Appl. Microbiol. 12, 280 (1964).

Ghosh, S.  and Pohland, F. G., "Kinetics of Assimilation of Multiple
    Substrate in Dispersed Growth Systems,"  Hater Res., Peragamon Press,
    6., 99 (1972).

Gjessing,  E. and Lee, G. F., "Fractionation of Organic Matter  in Natural
    Waters on Sephadex Columns," Environmental Science and Technology,
    1, 631  (1967).

Goh, K. M.  and Stevenson, F. J., "Comparison of Infrared Spectra of
    Synthetic and Natural Humic and Fulvic Acids," Soil Science. 112,
    392 (1971).

Goldsmith,  R. L. etal_., "Industrial Ultrafiltration," in "Membrane
    Processes in Industry and Biomedicine," Proc. 160th National Meeting
    American Chemical Society, September 1970, Editor M. Bier,  Plenum
    Press,  New York (1971).

Ham, R. K.  e_t al_., "Pilot Plant Treatment of Sanitary Landfill  Leachate,"
    Final  Report Grant R-801814, Department of Civil  Engineering,
    University of Wisconsin, Madison, p. 156 (1976).

Herbert, D. e_t aJL, "The Continuous Culture of Bacteria, a Theoretical
    and Experimental Study," J. Gen. Microb. ]±, 601  (1956).
                                   Ill

-------
Hurst, H. M. and Burges, N. A., "Lignin and Humic Acids," in Soil
    Biochemistry. Vol. 1, Editors A. D. McLaren and G.  H. Peterson,
    Marcel Dekker Inc., New York (1967).

Hurst, H. M. and Wagner, G. H., "Decomposition of  4C Labeled Cell Wall
    and Cytoplasmatic Fraction from Hyaline and Melanic Fungi,"  Soil
    Science Society of American Proceedings, 36, 597 (1972).

Komolrit, K. and Gaudy, A. F., Jr., "Biochemical Response of Continuous
    Flow Activated Sludge Processes to Qualitative Shock Loadings,"
    J. Water Pollut. Control Fed.  38,  85 (1966).

Konanova, M. M., Soil Organic Matter,  2nd ed., Pergamon Press Inc.,
    New York (1966]"!

Lappin, G. R. and Clark, L. C., "Colorimetric Method for Determination
    of Traces of Carbonyl Compounds,"  Analytical Chemistry,  23,  541
    (1951).

Lehmann, G. and Wilhelm, G., "Colorimetric Method for the Determination
    of Esters of Phthalic Acid in the  Presence of Esters of Other
    Carboxyl Acids," Zeitschrift fur Analytische Chemie, 238. 415  (1968).

Little, A. D., Inc., "Characterization and Separation of Secondary
    Effluent Compounds by Molecular Weight," Water Pollution Control
    Series, Project No. 16020, FEN 03-71, Environmental Protection
    Agency, Washington, D.C. (1971).

Martin, J. P. and Haider, K., "Phenolic Polumers of Stachybotrys atra,
    Stachybotrys chartarum and Epiroccum nigrum in Relation to Humic
    Acid Formation," Soil Science, 107, 260 (1969).

Mateles, R. I., and Chian, S. K., "Kinetics of Substrate Uptake  in Pure
    and Mixed Culture," Environ. Sci.  and Techn., 3,, 569 (1969).

McKinney, R. E., "Staining Bacterial Polysaccharides,"  Journal Bacteriology,
    66_, 453 (1953).

Minear, R. A. and Christman, R. F., "A Method for Evaluating the
    Biodegration of Lignin Sulfonates," Paper presented at the 33rd
    Annual Meeting of the Pacific Northwest Water Pollution Control
    Association, Portland, Oregon (1966).

Moat, A. G., "Alternation in the Amino Acid Content of Yeast During
    Growth Under Various Nutritional Conditions," J. Bacteriol.  98,
    573 (1969).

Montgomery, H. A. C., "The Rapid Colorimetric Determination of Organic
    Acids and Their Salts in Sewage Sludge Liquor," Analyst, 87., 949
    (1962).
                                    112

-------
Monod, J., "The Growth of Bacterial Cultures," Ann.  Rev.  Microbiol.
    3., 371 (1949).                             	

Nelson, D. L. and Kornberg, A.,  "Biochemical  Studies of Bacterial
    Sporulation and Germination.   XVIII.   Free Amino Acids  in  Spores,"
    J. Biol.  Chem. 245. 1128 (1970).

Obiaga, T. I. and Ganczarczyk,  J., "Biological Removal  of Lignin from
    Kraft Mill Effluent.  II.   Changes in Molecular  Size  Distribution,"
    University of Toronto, Department of Civil Engineering,  Publication
    72-08 (1972).

Painter, H.  A. ejt al_., "Composition of Sewage and Sewage  Effluents,"
    Institute of Sewage Purification. 1961.  302.

Painter, H.  A., "Chemical, Physical and Biological Characteristics of
    Water and Waste Effluents,"  Water and Water Pollution Handbook,
    Vol. 1,  Ciaccio, L. L. (Ed.),  Marcel  Dekker Inc., New York,  N.Y.
    (1971).

Pavoni, J. L. e_t al_., "Bacterial  Exocullular  Polymers and Biological
    Flocculation," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 44,
    415 (1972).

Peter, G.  and Wuhrmann, D., "Contribution to  the Problem  of Biofloccula-
    tion in  the Activated Sludge Process," Proceedings 5th International
    Water Pollution Research Conference,  July 1970,  Pergamon Press
    Inc.,  New York (1971)

Rebhun, M. and Manka, J., "Classification of  Organics in  Secondary
    Effluents," Environmental  Science and Technology, _5,  606 (1971).

Sanders, E.  B. and Schubert, J.,  "Spectrophotometric Analysis  of Carbonyl
    Compounds in the Presence of Carbohydrates without Prior Separation,"
    Analytical Chemistry, 43,  59 (1971).

Schnitzer, M. and Khan, S. U.,  "Humic Substances in  the Environment,"
    Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1972).

Smit, C. J.  B. ejt al_., "Determination of Tannins and Related Polyphenols
    in Foods; Comparison of the Loewenthal and the Folin-Denis Methods,"
    Analytical Chemistry 27. 1159 (1955).

Stevenson, F. J. and Cheng, C.  N., "Amino Acids in Sediments:   Recovery
    by Acid  Hydrolysis and Quantitative Estimation by a Colorimetric
    Procedure," Geochemica et Cosmochimica Acta. 34_, 77 (1970).

Stevenson, F. J. and Goh, K. M., "Infrared Spectra of Humic Acids and
    Related Substances," Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 35, 471
    (1971).               	
                                   113

-------
Stumm-Zollinger, E., "Substrate Utilization in Hetergeneous  Bacterial
    Communities," J. Water Pollut.  Control  Fed. 4£,  R213  (1968).

Waksman, S. A., Humus, Wiliams and  Wilkins, Baltimore,  MD (1936).
                                 114

-------
                   METALS AND THEIR INTERACTION WITH
                      ORGANIC MATTER IN  LEACHATE
                              CONCLUSIONS

It was noted in the present study that heavy metals  are  present  in
relatively high concentrations in landfill  leachate.  The  determina-
tion of heavy metals by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy  is  sub-
ject to relatively large matrix interferences in heavily polluted
leachate samples; this effect is less noticeable in  more dilute
samples.  The matrix interference causes a  reduction in  the absorbance
in the flame at the analyte  wavelength resulting in a lower  apparent
metal concentration.  It was observed that  Cu was subjected to the
largest matrix interferences followed by Cr, Ni, Pb, Cd  and Zn respec-
tively.  The interfering effect can be eliminated by using the standard
addition technique in which a sample is spiked with  a known amount  of
the metal.  The obtained recovery factor  is than used to correct the
measurement of the unspiked sample.  It was noted that the interference
in the Cr determination was both related to the absolute salt content
and to the relative salt content (with respect to the heavy metal
concentration), indicating that simple dilution of the polluted  leachate
sample will not totally eliminate the matrix interference. In addition
it was noted that also Cl resulted in lower Cr recoveries  as  measured
with the standard addition technique.  The  percentage depression in the
Ni determination was best correlated with  the absolute salt content and
the concentration of Ca and Fe.  The depression in the Cu  determination
may have been the result of the presence of phosphate compounds, while
the Pb analyses showed that both a high relative salt content and  the
presence of sulfates decreased the recovery of the metal.   It was  further
noted that La had to be added to the leachate samples as a releasing agent
during the Ca determination.
                                    115

-------
 Analysis of  the  heavy metal content in 12 leachate samples collected
 from  landfills of different ages and subjected to varying stabilization
 and leaching  periods, showed that the heavy metal content decreased
 more  rapidly  with age than other inorganic components.  This is most
 1ikely the result of adsorption and precipitation reactions which in turn
 are enhanced  by an oxidation reduction potential  gradually increasing
 with  increasing age of the landfill.

 Extensive fractionation of the different molecular weight fractions
 present in leachate showed that the majority of the metals permeated
 the 500 MW UF membrane indicating that chelation  of the metals by
 refractory organics is not a major mechanism in metal  attenuation
 processes.  A deviation of this general  pattern was noted for iron
 which was associated for a considerable part with the larger than
 100,000 MW UF retentate.  Measurement of the ion  exchange capacity and
 carboxyl group density indicated that only a small  amount of the iron
 in this fraction can be chelated and that most of it is apparently
 present as ferric hydroxides.   Membrane ultrafiltration of additional
 leachate samples showed that the percentage Ca and  Fe retained with
 the 10,000 MW UF membrane increased with increasing magnitude of the
 high molecular weight organic fraction.   The increase of the calcium
 content in the UF retentate may be due to chelation by the functional
 groups of the organic matter,  while the increase  in iron content is
 probably due  to interaction of hydroxide complexes  and the organics by
 adsorptive processes.  The copper retention showed  considerable
 competitive effects indicating that other metals  such as Fe, Ca and
 Zn are better chelated.   Treatability studies of leachate with aerobic
 and anaerobic biological systems showed that substantial  amounts of the
 the metals are removed by these processes, again  indicating that
 chelation is not a major factor.  Removal in aerobic systems is likely
 due to formation of metal  hydroxides and carbonates, while removal in
anaerobic systems is the result of formation of insoluble metal sulfide
and carbonate.  Thus despite the relative high concentrations of heavy
                                  116

-------
metals detected in leachate, no physical chemical pretreatment step
is necessary to remove these metals prior to biological treatment.
                                 117

-------
                             INTRODUCTION

Concentration of Heavy Metals in Leachate
Leachates generated by infiltrating rainwater in landfills constructed
from recently deposited solid waste will contain high concentrations of
organic and inorganic pollutants.  Merz (1954) measured maximum concen-
trations of 2570 mg/1 calcium (Ca), 410 mg/1 magnesium (Mg), and 305
mg/1 iron (Fe) in leachate from a lysimeter filled with solid waste.  The
maximum sodium (Na) and potassium (K) concentrations of 1805 and 1860
mg/1, respectively, were approximately equal.  The major anions were
chloride (Cl) and sulfate ($04)  with a maximum concentration of 2350
mg/1 and 710 mg/1.

Qasim and Burchinal (1970) also  found that Na, K, Ca, Mg, and Fe were
the major cations.   They showed  that increasing the height of the fill
reduced the relative amount of organic and inorganic pollutants leached
from the solid waste.  The longer distance that the organic pollutants
had to travel through the refuse enabled the bacteria present in the fill
to partially remove the degradable organics, and the percentage of
organics with a biochemical  oxygen demand (BOD)  extracted per dry weight
of solid waste decreased from 5.2% to 2.6% when the height of the fill
was increased from 0.76 m to 3.05 m.  A similar pattern was noted for
most inorganic pollutants.  Iron, however, showed a deviation from this,
since the amount extracted per dry weight of solid waste increased by
30% when the height of the fill  increased from 0.76 m to 3.05 m.  As this
pattern is the inverse of that observed for the degradable organics the
relative increase in iron content may indicate that a substantial portion
is chelated by refractory organics, that are formed by bacteria after the
removal of more biodegradable organics.
                                  118

-------
More recent leachate studies have included several  other metals  in their
measurements.  Fungaroli and Steiner (1971) showed  that zinc (Zn)  is
generally present at a concentration one-tenth of that of iron  in  leachate
obtained from a lysimeter.  They also showed that the iron concentration
was proportional to the volume of the generated leachate indicating that
the infiltration flow has to be sufficiently high to leach the  iron.
Since the higher leachate production corresponded to a lower pH, caused
by a higher free volatile fatty acid content,  the variation in  the iron
content may also be the result of its pH dependent  solubility.  The Zn
increase lagged behind that of the iron content,  indicating that the
former element was only leached after the solid waste degradation  had
proceeded substantially.  The nickel (Ni) concentration generally  ranged
from 0.2 to 0.3 mg/1 and its variation with time was generally  the
opposite of the iron content.

Lower heavy metal concentrations were measured in leachate from  actual
landfills as compared to leachate generated from lysimeters filled with
solid waste.  A survey by Hughes &t at. (1971) of several  full-scale
landfills in Illinois showed that the iron and zinc content were generally
less than 100 mg/1 and 5 mg/1, respectively.  Several heavy metals such
as copper (Cu) and cadmium (Cd) were usually below their detectable limits.

The County of Sonoma study (1973) measured the heavy metals content in
leachate from a control pilot landfill and a pilot landfill in  which  the
collected lea-hate was reapplied onto the fill, resulting in a  higher
moisture content of the solid waste.  A calculation based on the reported
data showed that the higher moisture content did not have a major  effect
on the composition of the inorganic salts.  Using the chloride  concentra-
tion as the base for comparison it was computed that the ratio  of  Ca/Cl
was 1.17 for the control fill and 1.10 for the recirculation fill. The
relative zinc content was slightly lower for the control fill since the
Zn/Cl ratios were 0.014 and 0.022, respectively.  The relative  iron con-
tent, •however, was approximately 10 times higher for the control fill
based on the Fe/Cl ratios of 1.72 and 0.18, respectively.  The  relatively
                                   119

-------
higher iron content may be the result of the higher chelation of the
organics present in the control fill since the relative organic matter
content based on the chemical oxygen demand (COD)/chloride (Cl) ratio was
86 for the control fill and 29 for the recirculation fill.

Interferences in the Heavy Metal Determination
Many techniques are presently available to determine heavy metals in
aquatic systems and three basic methods can be distinguished:  electronic
transition methods (molecular absorption spectrometry, molecular fluor-
escence spectrometry,  atomic absorption spectroscopy,  atomic fluorescence
spectrometry, atomic emission spectroscopy, X-ray emission spectroscopy),
neutron activation methods,spark source mass spectrometry, gas chromato-
graphy and electrochemical techniques (Minear and Murray, 1973).  Many
studies in the area of water pollution use the flame atomic absorption
spectroscopy and this  method was also employed in the present study.  The
method involves the atomization of the sample by flame and the absorption
of radiation at the specific wavelength of the metal.   The radiation source
used is a hollow cathode lamp consisting of a cathode made of the same
element as the metal under analysis (Willard at <*£., 1965).

Leachate samples will  present numerous difficulties in flame atomic absorp-
tion analysis for heavy metals such as Cr, Ni, Fe,  Pb, Cu, and Zn,  due to
the presence of complex matrices.   Similar interferences have been  encount-
ered in the analysis of heavy metals in sea water which has an average
salt concentration of  35,000 mg/1  (Home,  1969).   In comparison, leachate
samples can have a fixed solids content of up to 23,000 mg/1  (Chian and
DeWalle,  1976).

Interference effects in flame atomic absorption can be classified into
three main groups:   1) spectral, 2) non-atomic absorption, and 3) chemical
(Dean,  1960).
                                    120

-------
Spectral or line interference can  often  be  avoided by judicious choice of
an analyte resonance line and by using a  narrow  band-width as close as
possible to the width of the selected line  emitted by the hollow cathode
tube.  Kahn and Manning (1972) showed that  absorption band-widths  in a
flame can be as small as 0.03 A.  The best  resolution obtained in  commer-
                                             o
cially available units, however, is  only 0.3  A,  while most units have
monochromatic  spectral band-widths  of 2 A  or more.

Non-atomic absorption can result from the flame  itself,  molecular  absorp-
tion from the elements in the samples or light  scattering caused by
unburned particles in the optical  path.   These  effects  are generally most
pronounced at shorter wave lengths in the far UV portion of  the spectrum.
This background absorption effect  can be eliminated  by  using a two-line
method, i.e., subtraction of the absorption at  a non absorbing line close
to the analyte line, and by using  a  deuterium background correction or
employing a hydrogen hollow cathode  lamp.

The last type of interference effects, which  are element specific, are
expected to cause complications in leachate analyses.   Specific chemical
interferences have long been known in atomic  absorption spectroscopy
(Table 14).  Alkali and alkaline earth elements  such as Na and K are
subject to a wide range of interferences, primarily  because  they ionize
in the flame and are thus unavailable for atomic absorption  of their
resonance line energy emitted by the hollow cathode  lamp (Johnson  and
Schrank, 1964).  This situation can  be corrected, however, by the  addi-
tion of a more easily ionized element such  as Cs at  a  concentration  level
considerably higher than that of the analyte  atom.   Ca  and Mg present a
more serious problem since they are interfered  with  by  a number of common
cations and anions, such as SO^ ,  PO^,  CO^, HCO^, Na+,  K , and Al
(Ramakrishna, 1968).  An inorganic releasing  agent,  lanthanum, for
instance, has been found effective in  suppressing interferences and
prevent formation of oxides in the flame (Adams, 1966).
                                   121

-------
                               Table 14

      Chemical Interferences Observed in the Metal Determination
        by Flame Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (Hermann, 1963)
Interferent


Al
As
B
Ba
Be
Br
co?
Ca
Cd
Cl
C104
Co
Cr
Cs
Cu
Fe
104
K
HC03
Li
Mg
Mn
Mo
NH4
NO 3
Na
NaCl
Ni
P
P04
Pb
Rb
S
Si
Sn
Sr
S04
Te
Ti
TiF6
W
Zn
Zr
Organics
Citrate
* d =
** e =
**4
Ca Cd
d*
d
e**
d




e
dde*
eed

d


d
d
e

d
ed
d


d
d


dde



d
d

e

d
d
d

d
d
eed

depression
enhancement
Analyte
r* **i
Cr Cu Fe K
d e


d




d
e dde
d ed
e
d
e

d e
d e
e


edd
d

d
d de
d
d
e
e e
d


e e
d
dee

d




e

eed eed
d

(r*
Mg
d






de

d
e




e
e
e



e


d
e


dde









d




eed


**** *****
Na Ni Pb Zn
d

d
eed
d
d

eed
d
d
d
d e
dde e
d
d
ed e
ed e
eed

dde
d
dde e
d

d


e
d

d
d
e


e


d

d
d

eed eed


*** dde = depression at low and intermediate concentration and
          enhancement at high concentrations
****no information yet available
                               122

-------
Detailed specific interferences for heavy metals such as Fe,  Cu, Cr,  Ni,
Sr, and Al are given by Herrmann (1963) and Yanagisawa 
-------
 these authors concluded that the micro nutrients were  largely associated
 with low molecular  weight dialyzable  organic  constituents.  Schnitzer and
 Kahn (1972)  reported  that the major chelation of the heavy metals involved
 the combined presence of phenolic and  carboxylic groups and that minor
 chelation took place  through the carboxyl group alone.  Broadbent and
 Bradford (1952)  also  showed  that carboxyl and phenolic groups, attached to
 heterocyclic compounds,  are  important  functional groups for the Cu binding
 capacity.  Broadbent  (1951)  further concluded that while the carboxyl
 groups complexed  both Cu  and Ca,  other  functional groups reacted selectively
 with Cu  to the exclusion  of  Ca.

 Shapiro  (1964) showed  that fulvic  acids present in fresh water are associated
 with iron.   Christman  (1970)  presented  evidence that the majority of the
 iron was complexed and associated  with all size fractions of the organic
 matter.   A strong chelation  agent  was able to remove some of the iron but
 it  was least efficient  in removing the  iron from the fraction with a
 molecular weight  larger  than  50,000.  Considerable amounts of heavy metals
 can also be  expected  to adsorb to  the ferric  hydroxide colloids (Barsdate
 and Matson,  1966).

 In  the case  of leachate, the organic complexing is most likely governed by
 the Fe,  Ca,  and Mg concentrations which are competing with the heavy metals
 for  the  ligand sites.   If complexing occurs, it can be an important
 mechanism in  the transport of heavy metals in groundwater.   Its attenuation
 would then be govered  less by the solubility of their hydroxides but by
 the ability  of the soil materials to remove the cheland.

 The above survey showed that only a limited number  of studies  have investi-
 gated the presence of  heavy metals in  landfill leachate.   None of the
 studies  investigated whether the atomic absorption  spectroscopy used  to
measure the  heavy metal content was interfered by matrix  effects of the
 high salt concentration in the leachate.  Based  on  the  results  listed in
Table 14 such is indeed expected.  Some chelation of  the  heavy  metals is
                                     124

-------
also expected, the magnitude of which would depend upon the concentration
of Ca and Mg competing for the absorption sites.   It was therefore the
purpose of this study to determine the actual  concentration of heavy
metals in leachate and to measure the magnitude of the matrix effect of
the salts.  The second part of the study measured the interaction of the
heavy metals with the organic matter and determined the molecular weight
fractions that showed the strongest chelation  with the heavy metals.
                                   125

-------
                         MATERIALS AND METHODS

 The  leachate  samples were collected under strictly anaerobic conditions
 followed  by ultracentrifugation and 0.45 y membrane filtration to remove
 any  solids present  in  the sample.  Prior to flame atomic absorption
 measurements,  the organic matter  in the sample was removed using a rigorous
 digestion procedure, which also served to eliminate any metal hydroxydes.
 The  procedures used for pretreating the leachate sample are those
 recommended by the US-EPA (1971) and 50 ma of sample was gently digested
 with two  portions of 3 nu concentrated HNOo whereafter 3 m£ of 1:1 HC1
 was  added.  Silicates  that had formed on the bottom of the beaker were
 removed by filtration.  The atomic absorption unit used for the present
 study was a Beckman Model  485 (Fillerton, Cal.).

 It was found that the  high salt content in leachate greatly limited direct
 aspiration of the sample.   A high solids burner was tested, but it did not
 have the desired sensivitity.  Chelation with ammonium pyrrolidine dithio-
 carbamate (APDC) and extraction into methylisobutyl ketone (MIBK) was
 evaluated next.  However,  the high salt content caused the formation of
 an intractable emulsion which likewise would not aspirate.

 The  final method used  in this study was to dilute the leachate and to use
 the  standard addition technique (Christian,  1969), in which the sample is
 spiked with increasing amounts of the analyte.   This method can only be
 used when the absorbance is linear over the concentration range involved,
while the relative magnitude of the chemical interference should also be
constant within that range.   The non atomic  absorption will have to be
measured at each standard  addition since otherwise the calculated concen-
tration would be greater than it actually is.

The determination of the alkali  and alkaline earth metals did not give any
complications.  It was found satisfactory to add 10,000 mg/£ La to the
                                    126

-------
leachate samples to suppress the ionization of Ca  and  Mg.   To  each  sample
analyzed for Na and K, 1000 mg/£ of Cs was added  to  suppress  the  ionization
of the analyte atom.   The elements Cd, Cr, Cu, Ni, Pb  and  Zn were determined
using the standard addition method.

Leachate samples were collected from 12 landfills  of various ages located
in different regions of the United States and representing different
climatic environments (Chian and DeWalle, 1976).   The  strength of the
organic pollutants varied from 81 mg/i to 71,080  mg/£  COD, while  the
inorganics varied between 812 mg/£ to 22,895 mg/£  fixed solids.   As a
result of these various strengths the magnitude of the depression also
varied considerably.   In order to further evaluate some of the interfer-
ences and the applicability of the standard addition method to leachate
analysis, four synthetic samples were devised containing 1 mg/£ of  each
of the heavy metals.   The composition of the major ions in these synthetic
samples as listed in Table 15 were chosen to resemble  actual  concentrations
that were found in analyzing the various leachates (Chian and  DeWalle,  1976)
The first two samples contained a low total dissolved  solids (TDS)  content
while the last two samples had a salt content approximately five times
higher.  The first and the third sample had a relatively high sulfate
content while the second and the fourth has a high chloride concentration.

The next phase of the study consisted of fractionating the organic  matter
in a leachate sample obtained from a lysimeter installed at the University
of Illinois.  The organics were separated according to their molecular
weight using membrane ultrafiltration techniques and gel permeation
chromatography (DeWalle and Chian, 1974).  The ultrafiltration membranes
used were UM05, UM10 and XM100A having nominal molecular weight cutoffs
of 500, 10,000 and 100,000 (Amicon, Lexington, Mass.), respectively.   The
different ultrafiltration membrane fractions were characterized  by total
organic carbon (TOC), chemical oxygen demand  (COD), carbohydrates
(anthrone test),  proteins  (ninhydrin  test after 24 hr acid digestion),
carboxyl groups (hydroxyl amine  test), carbonyl groups  (2,4 dinitrophenyl
                                     127

-------
                               Table 15

   Synthetic Leachate Samples Used to Evaluate Matrix Interferences
     in the Heavy Metal Determination Containing 1  mg/1  of Cr,  Ni,
                          Cu, Pb and Cd.(a)
Elements
Cl
Na
so4
K
Ca (as CaCO-)
Mg (as Mg[C2H302]-4H20)
Fe3+
IDS
1
(mg/1)
50
32
1000
670
100
30
50
2246
Sample
2
(mg/1)
1000
640
50
34
100
30
50
2218
Number
3
(mg/1 )
50
32
1000
670
2000
500
500
10482
4
(mg/1 )
1000
640
50
34
2000
500
500
10454
(a)   All  samples  were  diluted  1:2 when  the standard additions were added,
     resulting  in concentrations half of  those  listed above
                                   128

-------
hydrazine test),  and aromatic hydroxyl  groups  (Folin-Denis  test).   After
the heavy metal  distribution in  each of the molecular  weight  fractions
was established,  additional  leachate samples previously analyzed  for
their total heavy metal  content,  were fractionated  with a 10,000  MW
ultrafiltration  membrane whereafter the heavy metals in each  molecular
weight fraction  were determined.
                                   129

-------
                        RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The results of the standard addition technique in a 1:8 diluted leachate
sample are shown in Figure 1.  The leachate sample was obtained from the
experimental US-EPA pilot landfill at the Boone County Field Site, Ky and
referred to as the Cincinnati sample (SHWRL, 1973).  The sample had an
initial COD of 45,750 mg/a and a fixed solids content (FS) of 13,603 mg/£.
The depression caused by the constituents in the leachate ranged from 40
percent for Cr to 5 percent for Cd (Figure 22).  The depression was calcu-
lated as the tangent of the function between the amount recovered and
amount added, divided by the tangent of the 100% recovery function.  When,
therefore, a heavy metal determination is made without application of the
standard addition the measurement can be as much as 40 percent lower than
the actual value.  When the determination is made on a leachate sample
without prior dilution, the matrix of the sample may even result in a
higher depression and further underestimate the actual value.

In addition to the Cincinnati sample (CINC) two samples collected from a
milled uncovered (MUNC) and an unmilled covered (UMC)  solid waste lysimeter
in Madison, Wisconsin (Reinhardt and Ham, 1973) also experienced consider-
able depression.  Two samples obtained from a pilot solid waste lysimeter
(UI 2/1 and UI 9/21) at the University of Illinois (Chian and DeWalle,
1976) were also evaluated.   The percent depression of these five samples
was conveniently plotted against the wavelength at which each element was
measured (Figure 2a).   The results of the five samples are qualitatively
similar as the magnitude of the depression decreased from Cu to Cr, Ni,
Pb, Cd and Zn respectively.   Several factors may have caused the depres-
sion in the recovery of metal analysis.

Comparison of the percent depression with the salt concentration in the
diluted leachate samples indicated that some relation existed.   For
example, the highest depressions for Cr were observed with the samples
                                    130

-------
0.3
                Q2-
                                         I	1
                                           100% Recovery
                                           Line
                                0.162     Amount  Added,  mg/JJ
Figure 22.  Application of the Standard  Addition Method to Determine the Actual
    Heavy Metal Concentration in the Cincinnati Field Site Leachate Sample
                                     131

-------
         100

    &   50
     c

    I
                     — CINC 1,700mg/Jf FS(l:8dil.)
                     -MUNC 4,579 mg/f  FS(l:5dil.)
                       • UMC  695 mg/{ FS (i:5dil.)
                       JI2/1 780 mg/J FS (l:20dil.)
             ZnCd
                                  19/21 10,015 mg/ff FS(II2)

                                       J	
                 Pb3000 Cu   NiCr Fe  4000
                       Wavelength (A)
         100
     0
     a>
     o.
     a>
     O
50
          0
          -Solution 3, 5241 mg/i FS
             -Solution 4, 5227mg/J FS
             ZnCd
                                              Solution 2,1109mg/x FS
                                              Solution 1,1123 mg/* FS
                 Pb3000 Cu   NiCr  Fe  4000
                        Wavelength  (A)
Figure 23.   Percentage Depression in the Heavy Metal  Determinations
    for Leachate Samples  (a)  and Synthetic  Salt Solutions  (b).
                                 132

-------
having salt contents of 1700 mg/fc,  4570 mg/x. and 10,015 mg/n  while  the
lowest depression occurred in the samples  with a salt content of 695
and 780 mg/z.  The relationship between depression  and salt content,
however, is certainly not linear for Cr.   The Cincinnati  sample,  for
example, with a salt content of 1700 mg/a  resulted  in a depression  of
40 percent, while the University of Illinois sample (III 9/21)  having a
salt content of 10,015 mg/a in the 1:2 dilution, gave a depression  of
only 23 percent.  Comparison of the depression of the heavy metal analysis
of leachate samples with those of the synthetic salt solutions (Figure  2b)
confirmed the effect of the concentration  of inorganic salts  on the Cr
determination.  The highest depression was indeed found for solutions 3
and 4 with a TDS of 5,900 mg/£ and 5,821 mg/£, respectively.   In addition
to the absolute salt content, the relative salt concentration also  seems
to be an important parameter.  For example, the ratio of fixed solids/Cr
in the CINC, MUNC, UMC and UI (2/1) samples decreased from 68,015 to
45,790, 19,306 and 866, respectively, corresponding with a percentage
depression which decreased from 40% to 25%, 14% and 11%,  respectively.
The results with the synthetic leachate samples also show that the
chloride concentrations have a pronounced  effect on the depression  of
the absorbance since the 1000 mg/s, Cl" in  solution  2 resulted in a
depression of 22 percent, while the 50 mg/a in solution 1 caused a  depres-
sion of only 8 percent; both solutions have a almost identical salt
concentration.  Similar conclusions with regard to  the chloride effect
can be drawn from the chemical analysis of the tested leachate samples
as listed in Table 16.  This, however, is  contrary to the results pre-
sented in Table 14, which showed that chloride actually enhances the Cr
absorbance.

Although most of the chemical interferences in the  Ni determination tend to
enhance the absorbance (Table 14), the constituents present  in leachate
cause an apparent depression (Figure 23).   However, the depression  for
Ni in leachate samples and the synthetic salt samples is generally  lower
than that observed for Cr.  When the percentage depression was correlated
with different factors that could cause such depression, the  best correlation
                                    133

-------
                                Table 16

          Chemical  Characteristics  of Leachate  Samples  in Which
      the Heavy Metals were Tested  by the  Standard Addition Method
                                               Source
Parameter
(mg/1 )
COD
TOC
BOC
Acetic acid
Propionic acid
Isobutyric acid
Butyric acid
Isovaleric acid
Valeric acid
Caproic acid
Bicarbonate alkalinity
PH (-)
Cond (ymho/cm)
ORP (mv)
Turb (2Tu)
Suspended Solids (SS)
Fixed Suspended Solids (FSS)
Total Solids (TS)
Fixed Solids (FS
Org-N
NH4-N
N03-N
N02-N
Tot-P
Ortho-P
$04
Cl
University
of Illinois
(UI 2/1)
49,300
17,060
24,700
4,370
1,050
570
5,620
1,220
960
2,400
668
5.63
13,700
-60
75
139
92.5
33,989
15,586
544.7
392.6
0.5
BDL**
21.5
6.5
1,110
1,480
Madison
(MUNC)
71,680
27,700
57,000
6,690
3,180
360
9,270
770
1,260
1,920
459
5,97
16,800
-132
80
202
167
55,348
22,348
945
1,028
10.25
0.04
98
29
1,558
2,467
Madison Cincinnati
(UMC) (CIN)
16,580
5,906
9,960
510
255
31
480
40
265
565
284
5.
5,420
-220
270
192
110
7,930
3,475
78.
347.
4.
0.
85
85
77
474
45,750
13,840
22,000
1,340
660
340
1,700
520
460
1,090
175
59 5.25
9,450
*
71
8.9
7.5
32,145
13,603
5 31
4 247.7
25 9.8
04 0.19
31.6
28
909
2,096
As a result of the standard addition the samples  were diluted  1:20,  1:5,
1:5, and 1:8, respectively.
                                   134

-------
was obtained with the fixed solids content in  the diluted  leachate  sample.
The result of the synthetic sample analysis indicated  that neither  sulfates
nor chlorides had any effect.   High correlations  were  noted for  Ca  and  Fe
possibly indicating that multivalent cations are  the main  cause  of  the
observed depression.

The results for Cu show no interference in the synthetic  salt  solution
while the depression  was relatively large in all  leachate  samples except
for the two UI samples.  A main difference between the leachate  samples
and the synthetic salt solutions is that only  the former  contain nitrogenous
substances, such as ammonia, nitrate and nitrite, and  phosphates.   Of these,the
relative phosphate concentrations showed the best correlation  with  the
percent depression.  The parameter that showed the best correlation
with the percent depression, however, was the  relative zinc concentration,
indicating that the heavy metals can have an effect on each other.

Evaluation of the interference for Pb indicates that a high salt content
increases the depression.  At a high relative  salt content, however,  the
depression tended to decrease again.  The results with the simulated
leachate samples indicates that a high sulfate content also increases the
depression.  The determination of Zn and Cd is generally  not strongly
interfered with by matrices present in leachate samples and the  measure-
ment can be made on a sample without using the standard addition technique.

The metals present in relatively high concentrations in leachate such as
Ca, Mg, and Fe were next evaluated.  When Fe was added at a concentration
of 50 mq/a and 500 mg/£ to the four synthetic salt solutions which was
subsequently diluted 1:10 and 1:100 to result in a final  concentration of
5 mg/£ no depression was observed; instead a slight enhancement  in all
four samples was noted.  The synthetic salt solutions were also  used  to
determine the recovery of the Ca ion.  Solutions 1 and 2 were diluted
1:20 and solutions 3 and 4 diluted 1:400 to result in a final  Ca concen-
tration of 5 mg/Ji.  The measurement of the Ca showed that  less than 100
percent was recovered.  The depressions in the four salt solutions were
                                      135

-------
 12,  11,  12  and  15  percent,  respectively,  The addition of 10,000 mg/£ La,
 however,  was  found to  eliminate  the  interfering effect.  The effect of
 omitting  the  La  addition on the  Mg determination was less pronounced and
 the  Mg values in the absence of  the  La were even slightly higher than in
 the  samples to which La was added.   The Mg determinations also showed that
 the  salt  solution  with the  highest salt content showed the highest enhance-
 ment effect.

 Analysis  of metals in  less  polluted  leachate samples collected from addi-
 tional landfills described  by Chian  and DeWalle (1976) was not interfered
 with by the matrix of  the sample since the relative or absolute salt
 content was sufficiently low at the  dilutions used.  The results of the
 flame atomic  absorption measurements for each of the 12 leachate samples
 are  listed  in Table 17.  The values  for the different landfills show a
 gradual decrease corresponding with  an increasing age of the landfill.
 Such a decrease  is expected  since continuous leaching will remove the
 metals from the  refuse, and  since the leachate experiences  a gradual
 pH increase with the increasing age  of the fill  that decreases the solu-
 bility of each of  the metals.  Although the trend of decreasing concen-
 trations  with increasing age is quite noticeable, considerable variation
 does occur  at a  specific landfill age.  To eliminate these variations  the
 relative  concentration of the metal  was calculated with respect to the
 other inorganic  salts as measured as fixed solids (FS).   These ratios
 were then plotted  against the age of the landfill (Figure 24).   The
 relative  Ca,  Fe  and Zn concentrations show a gradual decrease.   As the
 Ca is the most soluble of the three metals shown, its decrease with age
 is the least rapid.  Its decrease is probably the result of its percipi-
 tation as carbonate salt.  The decrease of the relative Fe and  Zn concen-
 trations  follows a pattern  inverse to that of the oxidation reduction
 potential.       Their relative concentrations do not seem affected by  the
organic matter decrease.   Their more pronounced  decrease after a five
year period is more abrupt than noted for the organic matter decrease,
which may indicate that most of the metals are not effected and thus not
chelated  by the organics  in leachate.
                                    136

-------
                                  Table 17

             Metal Concentrations in Leachate Samples Collected
                    from Landfills Having Different Ages
                                             Source
Parameter
              U.  of     U of
 University Wisconsin Wisconsin
of Illinois  Madison   Madison
  (UI 2/1)    (MUNC)    (UMC)
          Sonoma, Ca
Sonoma, Ca Recircu-   SHWRL
 Control   lation  Cincinnati
(SONCON)  (SONREC)  OH (CIN)
Ca                   3750      3900       572      1030
Mg                    650      1140       220       515
Fe                   2200      1046        91       301
Na                   1360      1580       330       240
K                    1140      2300       900        74
Zn                    104       370        13        22
Cd                      0.1       0.375     0.05      0.
Pb                      1.25      1.65      0.80      1,
Cu                      0.48      0.75      0.65      1.
Ni                     13         2.6       0.23      0,
Cr                     18         0.5       0.18      0,
Age of fill (yr)        0.25      0.33      0.33      1.64
                                       02
                                       1
                                       0
                                       5
                                       11
            1220
             750
             540
             675
             300
              15
               0.008
               0.48
               0.1
               0.6
               0.15
               1.64
                                                      2325
                                                       530
                                                       735
                                                       750
                                                       860
                                                        52
0.36
3.12
0.71
1.3
0.2
2.3
Ca
Mg
Fe
Na
K
Zn
Cd
Pb
Cu
Ni
Cr
Age of fill (yr)
                      GIT   GIT Atlanta
                    Atlanta  Recircula- College   Kennet   Winnetka, Winnetka,
                    Control    tion    Park, PA Squire, PA Illinois  Illinois
                   (ATLCON)  (ATLREC)  (PACP-67) (PHKS-12)  (LW-17)   (LW-5B)
520
52.5
810
75
620
74
17
1.16
0.48
0.4
0.03
2.25
133
35
0.5
44
147
0.05
0.03
0.10
0.03
0.05
0.03
2.25
215
51.5
560
37.5
35
6. 5
0.01
0.21
0.15
0.09
0.015
5.3
330
85
330
113
70
2.5
0.005
0.2
0.21
0.32
0.095
6.75
254
81
1.5
91
39
0.16
0.003
0.48
0.10
0.08
0.04
4.83
76
186
4
370
450
1.02
0.003
0.54
0.32
0.12
0.04
16
                                     137

-------
COD
 FS
 Co
 FS
 Fe
 FS
 Zn
 FS
                                                          (a)
                           5               \0
                             Age  01  Landfill,  years
                                                           15
Figure 24.  Decrease of COD, Ca, Fe and Zn Relative to the Salt Content
        of Leachate Samples with Increasing Age of Landfills
                                  138

-------
To study the interaction of heavy metals with the  organic matter  in  the
leachate sample an extensive fractionation was made  of the  different
molecular weight fractions followed by their organic analysis.  The  first
fractionation conducted on the leachate sample collected from  the University
of Illinois lysimeter using a 500 MW UF membrane showed that the  majority
of the organics had relative low molecular weights since 72.8  percent  of
the TOC was recovered in the permeate.  The majority of the metals were
also recovered in the permeate and only 2.4 percent  of the  Mg  and 2.5
percent of the Ca were measured in the 500 MW UF retentate, while a
slightly larger percentage (5.5 percent) of Zn was retained.   The majority
of the iron on the other hand was recovered in the UF retentate and  only
41 percent was detected in the permeate.

The 500 MW UF retentate was then diluted to its original concentration and
subsequently passed through a 10,000 MW UF membrane which  now  retained
21.8 percent of the original TOC.  When the diluted 10,000 MW  UF  retentate
was subsequently passed through a 100,000 MW UF membrane  the percentage
TOC decreased further to 11.1 percent of the original TOC.  The results
of the organic analysis for different classes of compounds  and functional
groups of the 4 membrane fractions showed a decreasing carbohydrate  content
with decreasing molecular weight.  The proteins followed  a  trend  similar
to that of the carbohydrates in the fractions larger than  500  MW. A
surprisingly high content was also found in the 500 MW UF permeate
indicating the presence of amino acids.  The carboxyl group analysis
showed that the carboxyl group density increases with decreasing  molecular
weight.  The highest percentage was present in the 500 MW UF permeate
due to the presence of the free volatile fatty acids.  Gas chromatographic
analysis showed free volatile fatty acids, predominantly acetic and
butyric acid.  The carbon of these acids comprised 78 percent of the TOC
of the 500 MW UF permeate or 49 percent of the initial TOC of the leachate
sample.

Each of the fractions that were analyzed for  functional groups were also
subjected to heavy metal analysis.  The results in  Figure  25 show that
                                     139

-------
 Q>
 o

'S
 fc.
"c
 o>
 o
 o
o
                                                                                   0.15
                                                                                         O
                               o  Magnesium (Mg)
                                  Calcium (Ca)
                               D  Iron (Fe)
                               x  Zinc (Zn)
                                                              C C
                                                              a> o
                                                              $_•!-
                                                              0> -tJ
                                                             «t- (O
                                                             M- S-
                                                             •r- -l->
                                                             Oi—
                                                                •r-
                                                              O) M-
                                                             -C (O
                                                             +-> i-
                                                                                             u c
                                                                                             10 tO
                                                                                            111 i_
                                                             •— >»
                                                              CO O3
                                                             +J

                                                             ^"S
                                                          tr  o *o
                                                              c -a
                                                              o o
                                                                                             3 (O
                                                                                            03
                                                                                            •r- (/)
                                                                                             S. C
                                                                                            •M O
                                                                                             O U
                                                                                               tO
                                                                                             IOOJOOOMW
100,000 MW
                                                                                             en o

-------
the relative concentration of metals  (expressed  as mMole/g  organic carbon
generally decreases with increasing molecular  weight, a  trend  parallel to
that observed for the carboxyl group.   Calcium,  magnesium and  iron were
the metals retained in highest quantity followed  by zinc.  These  results
tend to confirm the model  studies  of  Sturm and Bilinsky  (1973) who
calculated that high concentrations of Ca  and  Mg will prevent  the chela-
tion of substantial amounts of heavy  metals.   The results obtained for
iron in the present study forms an exception  in  this  respect,  since  it
has a low relative concentration  in  the 500 MW  UF permeate and  high
relative concentrations in the 100,000 MW  retentate.  Similarly  Shapiro
(1964) and Christman (1970) reported  relatively  high  amounts of  iron
associated with the high molecular weight organics as obtained by gel
permeation chromatography.

The sum of the different metals in the 500-10,000 MW  fraction  represents
1.30 mMole/g C and assuming that the  iron is  also in  the divalent form,
this equals 2.6 meq/g organic carbon.  The carboxyl  group density as
determined by titration and confirmed with the hydroxyl  amine  test  is
equal to 10.1 meq/g C, indicating that approximately 26 percent  of  the
carboxyl groups have divalent metals  as counter  ions.  As a result  of this
divalency,  these metals may well be  strongly retained  or chelated  by the
organic matter.  The other carboxyl groups may not have been dissociated
at the pH of 6.5,  i.e. the pH at which the fractionation was performed.
An undetermined amount of K and Na ions will  also be present as  counter
ions in each of the molecular weight  fractions.   However these monovalent
cations are less preferred than divalent cations and are therefore  not
expected to be present in large quantities.  The metals present in  the
10,000-100,000 MW  UF fraction  are equal to 1.75 meq/g organic carbon which
also represents approximately  one fourth of the carboxyl content of 6.6
meq/g C.  Due to the high iron content the metals would represent 377
percent of the carboxyl group  content in the  100,000 MW UF  retentate, thus
indicating that the majority of the iron is present as colloids, possibly
ferric hydroxides.  The formation of such colloids was shown to occur
                                    141

-------
directly after collection of the leachate sample as a result of a notic-
able  increase of the oxidation reduction potential despite the strict
anaerobic collection procedures (Chian and DeWalle, 1976).  The Zn shows
an interesting pattern in that its relative concentration in the larger
than  500 MW fractions tends to be the opposite of that of the iron
indicating that some competition for chelation sites may occur.

The last phase of the study consisted of fractionating 8 of the 12 col-
lected leachate samples according to their molecular weight using a
10,000 MW UF membrane to determine the amount of heavy metals present in
the UF retentate.   The 10,000 MW UF membrane was selected since it was
best  suited to obtain the high molecular weight fraction.  The percentage
of the organic matter retained was then related to the percentage of each
of metals retained.  The results in Figure 26 show that both the percen-
tage  Ca and Fe retained with the 10,000 MW UF membrane increases with
increasing magnitude of the high molecular weight organic fraction.  The
calcium content showed a larger than proportional increase with increasing
magnitude of the high molecular weight fractions, while the retained iron
increased proportional to the high molecular weight organic fraction.  The
observed increase in the amount of calcium retained with increasing size
of the high molecular weight fraction may be due to chelation of the
calcium by the carboxyl - and aromatic hydroxyl groups of the high
molecular weight organic fraction.  Its more than proportional increase
may indicate that the amount of functional groups associated with this
organic fraction increases with increasing concentration of this fraction.
As most of the iron is present as ferric hydroxide colloids, the increase in
amount retained with increasing size of the high molecular weight fraction
indicates that both parameters show a significant interaction.  The high
molecular weight organics could be adsorbed onto the colloidal particles,
resulting in a larger complex which is therefore better retained with the
10,000 MW UF membrane.  When both the Ca and Fe were plotted in the form
of a  Freundlich isotherm with the metal content in the 10,000 MW retentate
expressed as meq/g organic carbon and the concentration in the permeate as
                                     142

-------
          u_

          5
          o
          8
               20
                                 7
                       */
sS
5g 40
  £>
  E
             fe
           SS2°
           c
           0)
           o
                                    /
                                10
                                    20
30
                   Percentage Of TOC Retained With The IO.OOOMWUF
                                    Membrane

Figure 26.   Relation  Between Magnitude of the High Molecular Weight Organic
            Fraction  and  the Amount  of Ca and Fe Retained with
                         the 10,000  MW UF Membrane
                                   143

-------
 equilibrium concentration,  the curve for  the  Ca  ion  showed a  slight
 decrease while the Fe showed  an increase  in amount retained with  increasing
 equilibrium concentration.  Since  the magnitude  of the  total  iron concen-
 tration parallels that of the calcium concentration,  this may indicate
 that the iron is  able to  partially displace the  Ca in the high molecular
 weight fraction at increasing iron concentration.

 The results for Cu (Figure  27)  show that  the  percentage retained gradually
 decreases with increasing magnitude of the high  molecular weight fraction.
 Only one sample having a  substantial  concentration of high molecular
 organics deviated from this trend  as  it also  showed a large amount of
 copper retained.   The Zn  showed a  similar result as the Cu for small sizes
 of the high molecular weight  fraction.  At high  percentages of the TOC
 retained with  the 10,000 MW UF membrane the percentage Zn retained showed
 an increase.When  the  data were plotted as a Freundlich isotherm, the
 amount of Cu adsorbed per gram organic carbon showed a significant decrease
 at increasing  equilibrium concentrations.   The amount of Zn adsorbed per
 gram organic carbon,  however, experienced a gradual  increase at higher
 equilibrium concentrations.  The increase was lower than that observed
 for iron possibly indicating  iron  is  complexed preferentially to the zinc,
 which in turn  is  preferred to Ca and  Cu at the concentrations studied.
 Since ion exchange mechanisms may also exert a considerable effect,  a
 change in absolute concentration of each of the metals may change the
 preference of  chelation as noted above.  The increase of amount adsorbed
 at higher equilibrium concentrations  for Zn and especially Fe may explain
 their generally high  concentrations in leachate as compared  to heavy
 metals of similar solubility such as  Cd,  Cu,  Pb,  Cr,  and Ni.

 The above  results clearly indicate that the majority of the metals are not
 associated with organics having  a molecular  weight  larger than 500.
 Interaction of the metals with the low molecular  weight organics may well
 occur and  has to be further evaluated.  Such  interaction,  however, may
be of an indirect nature since a high concentration  of free  volatile fatty
                                    144

-------
                                             *

           o
           H
           s S
          •I I
               20
                I0
           8.
           o
           0
           £
          £


%
10
                                               20
30
                  Percentage Of TOC Retained With  The 10,000
                                MWUF Membrane
Figure 27.   Relation Between the Magnitude of the High Molecular  Weight
        Organic Fraction and the Amount of Ca and Fe Retained
                  with the 10,000  MW UF Membrane
                                 145

-------
acids as found in high concentrations in the 500 MW UF permeate,  will
result in a lower pH of the solution and therefore a higher solubility
of the metals.

Treatability studies with leachate in the second phase of the research
project showed that aerobic biological systems generally resulted in a
higher removal of metals as compared with anaerobic systems.   While both
anaerobic and aerobic treatment resulted in large reductions  of the iron
content, the reduction of Cr and Mg was larger in the aerobic treatment
unit.  No heavy metal toxicity has been observed in the aerobic units
treating leachate but one such instance was observed in the anaerobic
filter.  The toxicity caused a gradual deterioration of the effluent COD
of the unit and a gradual increase in Fe, Cu and Zn in the effluent.
When the Fe and Cu concentration exceeded 3 mg/£ and 1 mg/ji,  respectively,
the methane bacteria were inhibited thus causing a sharp increase in free
volatile fatty acids in the effluent and a decrease in gas production  of
the unit.  Addition of sulfide to precipitate the heavy metals eliminated
the toxicity.  Sulfate in the leachate is reduced in the anaerobic filter
to sulfide which then precipitates the heavy metals.  The presence of
0.45   filterable ferric hydroxide colloids as found in the present study
is apparently not presenting the removal of iron in the anaerobic filter;
in effect it may enhance it.  The possible chelation of zinc  is apparently
not effecting its removal as a zinc sulfide precipitate.
                                    146

-------
                             REFERENCES
Adams, P. G., e£ oJL.,  "Critical  Factors in the Determination of the
    Alkaline Earth Elements in Glass by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry,"
    Analytical  Chemistry, 38., No.  4, 38 (1966).

Barsdate, R. J. and Matson, W. R., "Trace Metals in Arctic and Subarctic
    Lakes with  Reference to the Organic Complexes of metals Proceedings
    International Symposium Radioecological  Concentration Processes,
    Stockholm,  Pergamon Press, Oxford, (1966).

Broadbent, F. E. and Bradford, G.  R., "Cation Exchange Groupings in the
    Soil Organic Fraction," Soil Science, 74_, 447 (1952).

Broadbent, F. E., "Soil Organic Matter-Metal Complexes:  II Cation
    Exchange Chromatography of Copper and Calcium Complexes," Soil Science,
    84, 127 (1951).

Chian, E. S. K. and DeWalle, F., "Sanitary Landfill Leachates and their
    Treatment," Jour.  Environ. Eng. Div., ASCE, 102. 411 (1976).

Chian, E. S. K. and DeWalle, F. B., "Compilation of Methodology for
    Measuring Pollution Parameters of Landfill Leachate," Ecological
    Research Series, EPA-600/3-75-011, U.S.  Environmental Protection
    Agency, Cincinnati, p. 164 (1976).

Christian, G. D., "Medicine, Trace Elements and Atomic Absorption
    Spectroscopy," Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 41_, 25, (1969).

Christman, R. F., "Chemical Structures of Color Producing Organic Sub-
    Stances in Water," Symposium on Organic Matter in Natural Waters,
    University of Alaska, D. W. Hood, ed.,  Institute of Marine Science
    Occasional  Publication No. 1  (1970).

County of Sonoma, "Sonoma County Stabilization Study:  Second Annual
    Report," Department of Public Works, Santa Rosa, California  (1973).

DeWalle, F. B.  and Chian, E. S. K., "Kinetics of Formation of Humic Sub-
    Stances in Activated Sludge Systems and their Effect on  Flocculation,"
    Biotechnology and Bioengineering, 16, 739  (1974).

Environmental Protection Agency,  "Methods for Chemical Analysis  of Water
    and Wastes," National Environmental Research Center, Analytical
    Quality Control Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio (1971).
                                    147

-------
 Fungaroli,  A.  A.  and  Steiner,  R.  L.,  "Laboratory Study of  the Behavior
     of a  Sanitary Landfill," Journal  Water  Pollution Control Federation,
     43,  252 (1971).

 Geering,  H.  R.  and Hodgson, J.  F.,  "Micronutrient Cation Complexes in
     Soil  Solutions:   III.  Characterization of Soil Solution Ligands and
     their Complexes with Zn2+  and Cn2+,"  Proceedings Soil  Science Society
     America. Vol.  33.,  54 (1969).

 Gilbert,  P.  T.,  "Absorption Flame Photometry," Analytical  Chemistry, 34,
     210R  (1962).

 Herrmann, L.,  Chemical Analysis by  Flame  Photometry, Wiley-Interscience,
     New York (1963).

 Hodgsen,  J.  F.,  zt at., "Micronutrient Cation Complexing in Soil Solution:
     II.   Complexing of Zn and  Cn  in Displaced Solution from Calcareous
     Soils,"  Proceedings Soil Science  Society America, 3jD,  723 (1966).

 Home,  R. A.,  "Marine Chemistry," Wiley Interscience, New  York (1969).

 Hughes, G. M., ztoJL.* "Hydrogeology  of Solid Waste Disposal Sites in
     N.E.  Illinois," Report SW-12d, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Washington,  D.C.  (1971).

 Jenne, E. A.,  "Controls on Mn, Fe, Co, Ni,  Cu and Zn Concentrations in
     Soils and Water:  The Significant Role  of Hydrous Mn and Fe Oxides,"
     Trace Inorganics in Water. Adv. Chemistry Series, 73^337 (1968)

 Johnson,  R.  W.  and Schrank, W. G., "Mechanisms of Interactions of Alkali
     and Alkaline  Earth Elements by Flame  Photometry," Applied Spectroscopy
    J8., 144  (1964).

 Kahn,  H.  L.  and Manning, D. C., "Background Correction in Atomic Absorption
     Spectroscopy, Amer. Laboratory, 4, 51 (1972).
Merz, R. C., "Final Report on the Investigation of Leaching of a Sanitary
    Landfill," Publication No. 10, State Water Pollution Control Board,
    Sacramento, California (1954).

Minear, R. A. and Murray, B. B., "Methods of Trace Metal Analysis in
    Aquatic Systems," Trace Metals and Metal Organic Interactions in
    Natural Waters, P. Singer, ed., Ann Arbor Science Pub., Inc., Ann
    Arbor, Mich.  (1973).

Qasim, S.  R. and  Burchinal, J. C., "Leaching from Mimulated Landfills,"
    Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 42, 371  (1970).
                                    148

-------
Ramakrishna,  T.  V.,  vt at.,  "The Determination  of Calcium and  Magnesium
    in Acetylene Flames,"  Analytica  Chimica  Acta, 40,  347 (1968).

Roos, J.  T.  H.  and Price,  W.  J., "Mechanism  of  Interference and  Releasing
    Action in Atomic Absorption Spectrometry -  I," Spectrochimica  Acta,
    26B,  279 (1971).

Schnitzer, M. and Kahn, S. U.,  Humic Substances in the Environment,
    Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1972).

Shapiro,  J.,  "Effect of Yellow  Organic Acids on Iron and Other Metals
    in Water,"  Journal American Water Works  Association, 56, 1062  (1964).

Siegel, A.,  "Metal Organic Interactions in the  Marine Environment,"
    Organic  Compounds in Aquatic Environments,  S. D. Faust and J.  V.
    Hunter,  Eds., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1971).

Sipalo-Zuljeric, J.  and Wolf, R. H.  H., "Sorption of Lanthanum,  Cobalt
    and Iodide Ions at Trace Concentrations  on  Ferric Hydroxide,"
    Mikrochimica Acta. 1973. 315 (1973).

Slowey, J. F.,  Jeffrey, L. M. and Hood, D. W.,  "Evidence for Organic
    Complexed Copper in Sea Water,"  Nature,  214, 377 (1967).

Stumm, W. and Bilinsky, H., "The Apparent Supersaturation," Proceedings
    6th International Conference on  Water Pollution Research, Jerusalem,
    1972, Advances in Water Pollution Research, S. H. Jenkins, ed.,
    Pergamon Press, Oxford (1973).

Willard,  H.  H., at aJi., Instrumental Methods of Analysis, Van Nostrand
    C., Inc., Princeton, N.J.,   (1965).

Yanagisawa,  it at., "Cationic Interferences in  the Atomic Absorption
    Spectrophotometry of Chromium,"  Analytica Chimica Acta, Vol. 52^
    386 (1970).
                                    149

-------
                                    VI
               EVALUATION OF COLORIMETRIC TESTS  USED FOR
             CHARACTERIZATION OF ORGANIC MATTER  IN  LEACHATE
                               CONCLUSIONS

 The present study  evaluated  several  colorimetric  tests  used  to charac-
 terize functional  groups  and general  classes  of organics  present  in  the
 different molecular weight fractions  in  leachate.  Although  most  studies
 in the area of soil science  use  titrimetric methods  for functional group
 analysis  these methods were  not  applicable in the  present study due  to
 their low sensitivity.  Colorimetric  methods  are preferred only when
  small  amounts  of organic matter are present.  The hydroxyl amine test
  for  measurement of carboxyl groups and free  volatile fatty acids
  was  evaluated  extensively.  The latter group of organics can also
 be measured using gas chromatography, employing m-cresol  as  an internal
 standard.   The  carbonyl groups were measured  with  the dinitrophenyl-
 hydrazinemethod while the aromatic hydroxyl groups were determined with
 the Folin-Denis method.  The anthrone test was used  to  determine  carbo-
 hydrates,  proteins  were measured with the ninhydrin method and the
 Kjeldahl  method, while fats  and oils were measured as hexane extractables.

 Evaluation  of  the hydroxyl amine test showed  that  the spectra obtained
 with  the different  molecular weight fractions in leachate corresponded
 to  that of carboxyl  groups attached to an aliphatic carbon chain  , and
 was dissimilar from  a carboxyl group attached to dihydroxyl benzene rings
 or  hydroxylnapthalenes.  It was further noted that the molar absorbance
 of  most free volatile fatty acids is similar? however,  this does  not
 hold after  introduction of a methyl or hydroxyl group in the aliphate
carbon chain.  Evaluation of the 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine method showed
 that most carbonyl  groups were present as aliphatic aldehydes and not
as aliphatic ketones or aromatic aldehydes, a conclusion based on the
                                    150

-------
specificity of the spectra of each group of compounds.  The Folin-Denis
test used to determine aromatic hydroxyl groups was found to be one of
the most sensitive ones; however, the model compound  has to represent
the actual compound as closely as possible.  The anthrone test for carbo-
hydrate analysis was sometimes interfered with by the formation of brown
colored products possibly as a result of the formation of furfural rings.
Selection of a short hydrolysis time was found to eliminate this;
 aromatic hydroxyl compounds did not interfere with the test.  The
 Lowry method, commonly used to measure proteins, was found to be
greatly interfered by aromatic hydroxyl compounds; spiking of the sample
with 1 mg/1 tanm'c acid resulted in an apparent protein concentration of
3.8 mg/1 and the less sensitive but more accurate ninhydrin test was
therefore selected.  The peptide bonds in this test are hydrolyzed by
refluxing with 6 N HC1 for 20 hours followed by addition of the ninhydrin
reagent to the solution.  Comparison of the Kjeldahl method and the
ninhydrine method showed the results obtained with each test agree well
with each other.  Evaluation of extraction techniques using hexane and
butanol followed by gravimetric determination of the residue showed that
significant amounts of free volatile fatty acids are coextracted to result
in erroneous high readings of the dried residue.  The butanol, often used
to extract fulvic acid, was found to preferentially extract aromatic
hydroxyl compounds.
                                    151

-------
                THE DETERMINATION  OF CARBOXYL GROUPS  WITH
                         THE HYDROXYL AMINE  TEST
 THE HYDROXYLAMINE  TEST
 The hydroxylamine  method  used  to  determine  carboxylic  acids  or  carboxyl
 groups  was  first reported by Lessen  in  1869 (Goddu  e_t  aj_.,  1955).   However,
 it was  not  until  1934  that Feigl  ejt  al_.  (1972)  used the  hydroxamic  acid
 together  with  complexed ferric iron  as  a  spot test  for organic  acids.
 Keenan  (1945)  applied  the method  for determining  acetic  acid esters while
 Lipmann and Tuttle (1945)  used it to determine  the  concentration of
 organo-phosphate esters at a wavelength of  540  nm.   Sulfate  and phosphate
 were found  to  interfere with the  test by  forming  iron  complexes competing
 with the  hydroxamine acid complex for iron.  Hill (1946) used the test
 to determine fats  in ether solution  using wavelength of  520  nm.  Hestrin
 (1949)  confirmed the findings  of  Lipmann  and Tuttle (1945) that phosphate
 could reduce the color at 520  nm  which  interference could only  be elim-
 inated  by using  excess ferric  chloride.   Hestrin  (1946)  also noted  that
 the pH  of the  final complex did not  have  any effect on the color between
 pH of 1.0 and  1.4  and  that equal  molar  quantities of acetic,  propionic
 and butyric acid resulted  in the  same amount of color.   Branched acids
 however,  gave  a  lower  color intensity.  Peptides    did not interfere with
 the test, but  ketonic  substances  did  so slightly as  a  result of oxime
 formation,  a result confirmed  by  Buckles  and Thelen  (1950).   Goddu  et al.
 (1955)  conducted the test  in anhydrous  ethanol and  found that at least a
 fivefold  excess  of iron is  necessary  for  satisfactory  final  color develop-
 ment.   Aromatic  esters were found  to  have maximums  at  530 nm while  for
 aromatic  esters  it shifted  to  550  nm.

 Aksnes  (1957) noted that excess hydroxylamine could cause a  fading  of the
 color by reducing  the  ferric to ferrous iron.  Absorption readings  therefore
 have to be made directly after the ferric chloride addition.  The maximum
color was  formed at a  pH of 1.4 and increasing the  pH  caused the absorp-
tion maximum to shift  to a wavelength of  440 nm corresponding to a  brown
                                    152

-------
color instead of the purple color.   Bayer and  Reuther  (1956)  reported that
acetic, propionic, butyric, valeric and caproic  acid gave  the same molar
absorption.  Lower molar readings however, were  obtained with isobutyric
and isovaleric acid and also with formic acid, confirming  the results of
Hestin (1949).  Morgan and Kingsbury (1959) reported that  all  fatty  acid
esters gave a maximum absorption at 515 nm and that the chainlength  has
neither an effect on the wavelength at which the maximum absorption  occurs
nor does it affect themolarabsorption   thereby  confirming Bayer's results.

Goldberg and Spoerri (1958) noted that the presence of an  electron releas-
ing group in the molecule increased the rate of  hydroxylamine formation
which in turn corresponded to a lower color intensity. The closer the
electron donor group is located near the carboxyl group, the more pro-
nounced its effect, since methyl ester of toluate with the methyl group
of the toluate in the ortha, meta and para position respectively, gave
readings of 1.05, 1.29, and 1.42 times higher than found for methyl  acetate,
A similar result was obtained with aliphatic esters,  thus  explaining the
lower reading obtained with branched acids.  Aromatic compounds were
found to give a hyperchromic effect as compared to aliphatic compounds.
An electron pulling group, such as the hydroxyl  group in  methyl-p-hydrox-
ybenzoate, resulted in an absorbance 1.79 times that of methyl acetate,
while a hydroxyl  group in the para position gave an absorbance 1.45 times
higher.  An ortho methoxy group was less  effective as an electron pulling
group than a  hydroxyl group and resulted  in a reading 1.60 times higher
than methyl acetate.  The authors did not  investigate  benzene  rings with
more than  one hydroxyl group, nor  did  they  investigate the different
spectra since all compounds were measured at  540 nm.

Lehmann and Wilhelm (1967)  found,  contrary to Hestin  (1949),  that excess
ferric  iron concentrations  did  not influence  the absorption.   They  did
note  a  salt effect  which  caused a  depression  of the absorption.  The
effect  was more pronounced with increasing salt content and  increasing
valence of the  ions.   Using ferric sulfate instead of ferric chloride
also  lowered  the absorbance readings  noticeably.   The ferric chloride
also  resulted in the slowest fading of the formed  complex as compared

                                    153

-------
to ferric sulfate.  The maximum color development with the ferric hydrox-
ylamine acid complex occurred at a pH of 1.8.
Montgomery e£ al_. (1962) proposed the hydroxy 1 amine methods for measuring
free volatile fatty acids in digester liquor and they included an esterifi'
cation step with ethylene glycol in their method.  More than 13 mg/1  of
acetic acid could be detected with this method; however, when colored
samples were processed, a sample blank had to be included in order to
obtain such sensitivity.  The maximum color was formed at pH 1.6, and
the absorbance was measured at 500 nm.  They also noted, contrary to
earlier findings, that the equimolar absorbances of propionic and butyric
acid were only 88 and 87 percent of those obtained with acetic acid;  the
addition of the esterification step may well have caused this discrepancy
with earlier investigations.
The above review showed that only one study used the hydroxylamine method
for measuring fatty acids, while all other studies used the method to
detect esters.   Only one study investigated to some extent the response
of aromatic esters; however, including the esterification step may well
lead to different results.  Other aromatic compounds that could be
present in the fulvic and humic acids (Schnitzer and Kahn, 1972) were
not tested.
PROCEDURES
The carboxyl test as used by Montgomery et.al_. (1962) to determine free
volatile fatty acids was investigated and its applicability to aromatic
acids was also evaluated.  The reagents and procedures were as follows:
Reagents:
     1.  50% sulfuric acid
     2.  ethylene glycol
     3.  4.5 N NaOH
     4.  10% hydroxylamine hydrochloride (10 gms in 100 ml HC1)
     5.  20 gms ferric chloride, 20 ml concentrated sulfuric made up
         to 1 liter with distilled water
Sequence:
     1.  place 1.0 ml sample in tube
     2.  add 1.5 ml ethylene glycol
                                    154

-------
     3.   add 0.20 ml  50% H2$04
     4.   stir  mixture well  for 2.0 min,  at 25°C
     5.   cool to room temperature in water bath and add 0.50 ml
          hydroxylamine solution
     6.   add 2.0 ml  NaOH solution,mix well and wait 1-2 minutes
     7.   add 10.0 ml  ferric  chloride solution
     8.   add 5.0 ml  distilled water
     9.   read absorbance at  500 nm after 30 minutes
The reaction that takes place during the test is as follows:

Ester                               H+   S
Formation:     R-COOH + OHCH2CH2OH  9-  R-C-OCH2CH2OH + H20

Hydroxamate      „                   nH-   „ ,
Formation:     R-C-OCH2CH2OH  + NH2OH U3  R-C-N-H + OHCH2CH2OH

Color            S °-H     ...  „+
Formation:     R-C-N-H + Fe     "  R-C-N-H
                                     it i
                                     0 0-H
                              Colored 1/3 Fe+++
                              Complex

COMPOUNDS GIVING A POSITIVE TEST
The results of the tests with the different free volatile fatty acids are
shown  in Figure 28.  Acetic acid gave the highest molar absorbance while
the other fatty acids such as propionic, valeric and caproic acid gave
identical absorbances 79 percent lower than observed for acetic acid,
which  result agrees with Montgomery e_t aJL  (1962).  Formic acid gave only
33 percent of the absorbance of acetic acid.  As all absorbances were
measured at 500 nm, the spectra of the different compounds were evaluated
to determine whether 500 nm was indeed the  optimum  wavelength.  The
spectra of the different acids at a concentration of approximately 2.5
mM/1 are shown in Figure 29a.  The maximum  absorbance is  indeed observed
between 500 and 510 nm which  is indeed best suited  for  measuring the
purple color of the solution.  The introduction  of  a methyl  or hydroxyl
                                    155

-------
en
                   (Q


                   n>

                   ro
                   oo
                   a>
                 a-s
                 -her
                 a> w
                 -$ o
                 n> -$
                 J»o
                 -s  n>
                 o -n

                 o n>
                 o a>

                 •a *z
                 o o

                 =i a>
                 a-rt
                    a>
                    P>
                    cfr
                    o
                    VI

                    o>

                    o.
Q50
                                                                     Caproic Acid


                                                                          Valeric Acid
                /     ''I*	

               /Gallic /
                AcidV      /
                 }  r      X
Dihydroxy Ben zoic Acid     ...rj


               9.-"""
         .	
                                     10              15


                              Molar  Concentration, mM

-------
                                         Acetic Acid

                                         Propionic Acid

                                               Butyric Acid

                                                Valeric Acid

                                                    Caproic Acid
«  0,08
 i
    0,06
   0,04
    0,02
       400
     -Valeric Acid
              3 Hydroxy Butyric Acid
500
600
700
                              Wavelength, nm
    Figure 29.   Absorption Spectra  of Free Volatile Fatty Acids
      (A)  and Branched  Free Volatile Fatty Acids  at a
            Concentration of Approximately 0.25 mmole/l
                                  157

-------
 group into the aliphatic  acid  does  not  change  the  maximum absorption
 (Figure 29b)  but only reduces  its magnitude.   Although  the introduction
 of an electron donating group  such  as a hydroxyl group  was expected to
 increase the  absorption,  such  effect was not observed.

 Several aromatic compounds which could  be present  in  the  fulvic and
 humic acid fractions  were tested for their ability to give a color reac-
 tion:
           OH
    catechol
                 resorcinol
                                                 COOH
                  HO   |   OH
                      OH
pyrogallol     gallic acid   salicylic acid
                                                 COOH
                                              COOH
              hydroquinone  benzoic  acid    m-hydroxyl
                                          benzoic  acid
Only the first four gave a reaction (Figure 28) while no color development
was observed with the latter five compounds.  The color was different from
that observed with the aliphatic acids since catechol gave a brown color,
gallic acid and pyrogallol a green color, tannic acid a grey color, while
the color from salicylic acid was violet and identical to those of the
aliphatic acids.  The spectra of the different aromatic compounds are shown
in Figure 30.  The spectrum of salicylic acid (800 mg/1) is almost
identical to that of caproic acid (1000 mg/1) with the exception that
the absorbance decreases less rapidly at higher wavelengths.  The ratio
of the wavelength at 560 to that of 500 nm is 88 for salicylic acid and
only 74 for caproic acid.  Such internal ratios can thus be used to
                                    158

-------
en
10
                        O

                     § 3=»
                     T3 O
                     O ->•
                     c. a.
                     3
                     Q. O>
                     V) 3
                       CL
-$

3
rl-
            0.8r—i—i—i—i—i   i   "t—i—i
                                        Blank
                                        Acetic Acid
                                        Catechol
                                        Caproic Acid
                                      •• Gallic Acid
                                        Tannic Acid
            0.61—	PyroGallol

                                        3-Hydroxy-2-Napthoic Acid
                                        Phenyl Acetic Acid
            0.51           	  2.4 Dihydroxy Benzoic Acid
       „              	Salicylic Acid
       o
       o
                            JS
                            <
                                         600
                                     550
    500
Wavelength, nm
                                                                      450
                                                                                                           400

-------
 distinguish between different compounds.   It should  be realized  however
 that the ratio  can  only be used  when  the  absorption  maxima  are of equal
 magnitude.   As catechol and pyrogallol  are unable  to  form hydroxamates
 it was  concluded  that  they formed  a complex  such  as:
 It  is  not yet  known whether  the color  in  salicylic acid  is due  to  the
 reaction of  the hydroxyl  in  the carboxyl  group, which  gives the normal
                                                          3+
 hydroxamate  colored complex, or a complex in which the Fe  is  coordinated
 by  the carbonyl of the carboxyl group  and the oxygen of  the ortho  hydroxyl
 group.
                                       OH
                                   C/
                                       \0
                           o
To further evaluate this hypothesis a para nitro salicylic acid, or other
ortho-hydroxyl benzoic acids in which the nitro group deactivates the COOH,
will have to be tested.  The inability of benzoic acid or m- or o-hydroxy-
benzoic acid to form a colored complex also has to be further investigated
and it has to be determined whether this is due to the inability of the
carboxyl group to esterify or due to the difficulty to form hydroxamic
acids.
                                    160

-------
EFFECT OF VARYING FERRIC IRON  CONCENTRATIONS
The effect of varying the concentration of the  ferric  iron  solution was
                       *t"++
next evaluated.   The Fe    concentrations  chosen  were  1.0,  2.0, 4.0 and
8.0 mM, while in the standard  procedure the Fe     concentration is 3.7 mM
It was found that at the organic acid concentration  studied,  with a
hydroxamate concentration of 0.50 mM in the final solution,  Fe   ceased
to be limiting beyond 8.0 mM Fe    (Figure 31).  It  was  concluded that in
                                 3+
the standard procedure with an Fe   concentration of3.7mM,  small changes
in Fe    concentration would have no noticeable effect on the color
intensity.
FADING OF FORMED COLOR
Readings were taken at 0 and 30 minutes, 2 hours,  and 16 hours with
salicylic acid, formic acid and valeric acid in order to determine the
stability of the different complexes.   It was found that the color of
salicylic acid reached its maximum at 30 min, then decreased about 25
percent after 16 hours (Figure 31).  Both formic acid and valeric acid
showed an increased color after 2 hours as compared to the reading after
30 minutes.  After 16 hours the color of the valeric acid solution had
not yet faded to the original 30 minute reading,  while the color in the
formic acid solution decreased to about 66 percent of its original value
after 16 hours.  It was therefore concluded that if readings are taken
at 30 minutes +.  1 minutes, none of the colors have yet begun to fade
and the least error is incurred with the different compounds.  The result
further show that not adhering strictly and systematically to this time
limit will cause erroneous results.

EFFECT OF VARYING HYDROXYLAMINE CONCENTRATION
Several tests were made in order to determine the effect of changing the
hydroxylamine concentration.  Hydroxylamine concentrations of 5.0, 10.0,
20.0 and 40.0 mM were tested with a concentration of 400 mg/1 of acetic
acid.  The normal procedure requires 35 mM NhLOH, with concentrations
referred to final volumes.  It was found that at 35 mM the color formation
                                    161

-------
                                          4mM    Catechol
                                         10 mM   Acetic Acid
                                         10 mM    Caproic
                                      I
                      Test Procedure

                     i          I
                      10             20             30

                      Ferric  Iron Concentration,  mM
                                  40
o
V)
JQ
    0.20
e  QIO
        Test Procedure

         	     I
               1000 mg/J
               Valeric Acid
1000 mg/J?
Formic  Acid
                                     10

                                Time,  hours
                    15
20
  Figure 31.   Effect of Varying Iron Concentration  (A) and Varying
          Times  Allowed for the Iron Complex Formation (B)
                                 162

-------
was limited by some factor other than hydroxylamine (Figure 32a),
possibly the acetic acid concentration.   It was therefore concluded
that the selected hydroxylamine concentration would not cause any  limitation
in the hydroxamate formation.

EFFECT OF VARYING HYDROXAMATE FORMATION TIME
The length of the reaction period that the hydroxylamine is exposed to
the carboxylester was also evaluated since increasing time periods would
increase the hydroxamate formation.  Tests were made at the standard
temperature of 25°C for various time periods.  The procedure was also
tested at 100°C to determine if an increased temperature would affect
the hydroxamate formation.   It was found that at 25°C the reaction is
essentially complete and stable after a few minutes and only a slight
increase was observed over a following period of 15 minutes  (Figure 32b).
At 100°C, however, a decrease in the violet color was observed from 1.0
to 2.0 minute incubation, followed by a subsequent rise at 4.0 minutes
due to the formation of a brown colored complex.  It therefore appears
that high temperatures promote the decomposition of the hydroxamate and
hasten the formation of these brown colored products.  Since  it was
shown that the reaction is nearly complete upon mixing at  25°C, the
ferric chloride solution can be added  after 1 to 2 minutes, thereby
confirming the validity of the test procedures.

ANALYSIS OF LEACHATE SAMPLES
The  leachate  samples were tested and the amount of carboxyl  groups were
calculated as acetic acid equivalent.  As  the  COOH measured  in  the membrane
permeates  is  derived from fatty acids, a violet color  was  developed.
The  membrane  retentates also gave  a  violet color and a spectrum similar  to
that of  acetic acid, reflecting carboxyl groups which are probably associated
with either aromatic carboxyl  groups  in combination with an  ortho-phenol
group,  or  from carboxyl  groups  attached to an aliphatic carbon  chain which
 in turn  may be attached  to an  aromatic ring.   It  is clearly  not associated
with dihydroxybenzoic  acids  or hydrbxy napthoic acid.
                                     163

-------
  0)
  o
  c
  o
  jQ

  O
  U>
  .Q
       0,2
   o   0,1
   o
                                          400 mg/f Acetic Acid
                                         Test  Procedure


                                            t     I
                    10        20        30        40        50

                          Hydroxylamine Concentration, mmole/Jf
                                    1000 mg/t

                  1000 mg/I         Valeric Acid (25°C)

                  Valeric Acid (IOO°C)

                Yellow Brown
             Violet
          Test Procedure
                              I
I
                   60
                             100                200

                          Hydroxamate Formation Time, min.

Figure 32.   Effect of Varying Hydroxyl Amine Concentrations  (A) and
      Varying Times Allowed for the Hydroxamate Formation (B)
                  300
                                  164

-------
CONCLUSIONS
The hydroxylamina colorimetric test for organic acids is reliable and
reproducible for the compounds tested.   It detects all aliphatic acids,
with identical molar absorption coefficients except for acetic acid and
formic acid.  However.the molar absorbance decreases when methyl or
hydroxyl groups are introduced in the aliphate carbon chain.  This implies
that the acid selected as standard has to resemble the most common acid
present in the solution as closely as possible.  The test also detects
aromatic acids, especially aromatic carboxyl groups associated with an
ortho phenol group, as commonly occurs in humic and fulvic acids.
                                    165

-------
 REFERENCES

 Aksnes, G.,  "The  Complex  Between  Hydroxartric  Acids  and  Ferric  Ions  and
      the  Use of the  Complex  for Quantitative Determination  of Hydroxamic
      Acid, Acyl Derivatives  and Ferric  Salts,"  Acta  Chemica Scandinavica,
      n_,  710 (1952).

 Bayer, E. and Reuther,  K. H.,  "Photometric Determination  of Acyl Groups;
      The  Analytical  Application of  Ferric Hydroxamic Acid Complex,"
      Chemische Berichte,  89_,  2541 (1956).

 Buckles,  R.  E. and Thelen, C.  J., "Qualitative  Determination  of Carboxylic
      Esters," Analytical  Chemistry,  2£,  646  (1950).

 Feigl, F., et^ al., Spot Tests  in  Inorganic Analysis, Elsevier Publishing
      Company, Amsterdam (1972).

 Goddu, R. F.  e_t ajL,  "Spectrophotometric Determination of Esters and
      Anhydrides by Hydroxamic  Acid," Analytical  Chemistry,  27., 1251  (1955)

 Goldenberg,  V. and Spoerri,  P. E.,  "Colorimetric Determination of  Carboxylic
      Acid Derivatives as  Hydroxamic  Acids,"  Analytical Chemistry,  30,
      132  (1958).

 Hestrin, S.,  "The Reaction of  Acetylcholine  and  Other  Carboxylic Acid
      Derivatives with Hydroxyl Amine and its  Analytical Application,"
      Journal  of Biological Chemistry, 8£ 249  (1949).

 Hill, U. T.,  "Colorimetric Determination of  Fatty  Acids and Esters,"
      Analytical Chemistry. J8., 317  (1946).

 Keenan, A. G., "Colorimetric Determination of Ethyl  Acetate,"  Canadian
      Chemical  Processing. 29_,  857 (1945).

 Lehmann, G.  and Wilhelm,  G., "Colorimetric Determination  of Esters of
      Phtalic  Acid with  the Hydroxyl Amine Method in  the Presence of Esters
      of Other Carboxyl  Acids," Z. Anal. Chem., 238.  415 (1967).

 Lipmann, F.  and Tuttle, L. C., "A Specific Micromethod for  the Determina-
      tion of  Acylphosphates,"  Journal of Biological  Chemistry, 159, 21
      (1945).

Montgomery, H. A.  C.  et aJL, "The Rapid Colorimetric Determination of
     Organic  Acids ancTtheir Salts in Sewage  Sludge Liquor,"  The Analyst.
     87., 949  (1962)

Morgan,  D. M. and Kingsbury, K. J., "A Modified Hydroxamic  Acid Method for
     Determining Total Esterified Fatty Acids in Plasma," The Analyst. 84_
     409 (1959).
                                   166

-------
Schnitzer, M.  and Kahn, S.  U.,  Humic Substances  in the  Environment,
     MarceT Dekker, Inc.,  New York (1972).
                                167

-------
           THE  DETERMINATION  OF  FREE  VOLATILE  FATTY  ACIDS BY
                        GAS-LIQUID  CHROMATOGRAPHY

THE GC  ANALYSES
The use of gas-liquid chromatography  has  been  growing  rapidly  because of
sensitivity,  resolution and speed  of  the  analysis.   It has thereby super-
seded the tedious and less accurate methods of column, paper and thin
layer chromatography (Mueller ert a_]_.,  1956).   The first use of gas-liquid
chromatography  in the water pollution  area was reported by Lamar and
Goerlitz (1963),     which method  was  followed by numerous other inves-
tigators.  Due  to advancing technology new liquid phases were  developed
that gave better separation of the mixture studied.  Andrews e_t aJL (1964)
used a  polyethylene glycol PEG 20,000  + H^PO*  on firebrick to  determine
acids in digesters while Hindin e£ a_l_. (1964)  used the lower polymer
PEG 4000 + H-PO^ on Chromasorb W to determine  the fatty acids  in sewage.
Murtaugh and Bunch (1965) measured the acids in effluent of several
treatment plants by using a 6 mm by 1830  mm column packed with 20 percent
(by weight) diethylene  glycol adipate  polyester and  2 percent  phosphoric
acid (85 percent concentrated HgPO^) on 60-80 mesh Chromasorb W with a
helium  gas flow rateof  50 ml/minute.   The column temperature was maintained
at 125°C for formic (C.,) to isobutyric (C4) and 150°C for butyric (Cj) to
caproic acid  (Cg).

A similar glycol ester was used by Mateles and Chian (1969) to detect fatty
acids in activated sludge by employing a  20 percent  neopentylglycol
succinate (NPGS) + 2 percent H-PO, on  60-80 mesh firebrick adapted after
Baumgardt (1964).  A 3.17 mm x 1830 mm coiled stainless steel column
(type 316)  was installed.  Compared with Baumgardt (1964) the oven temp-
erature was 175°C instead of 165°C, injector temperature 265°C instead of
195°C, nitrogen gas carier flow of 39.8 ml/nrin instead of 26 ml/min and
hydrogen flow rate to detector 18 ml/min  instead of  20 ml/min.  The air
flow rate to the detector was 290 ml/min.   In all cases sample sizes
injected into the GC were between 0.5 and 1.0 microliter.
                                    168

-------
PROCEDURES
The columns used in the present study are similar to  those of Mateles  and
Chian (1969).  As solid support,  acid washed  chromosorb  P  (AW)  was  employed.
The hydrogen and air flow rates to the flame  detector however were  increased
to 50 ml/min and 525 ml/min, respectively.  Also, a molecular sieve trap
was installed in the outlet of the nitrogen gas  tank. This trap  was regen-
                                               3
erated for every other tank of N2, i.e.,  18.7 m   of  N2, in order to ensure
a steady baseline in the recorder.  The detector of the  Hewlett Packard
5750B gas chromatograph was set at Range 1  and an attenuation of  64 and
128.  The Sargent-Welch SRG recorder was set  at 1 mv.  Phosphoric acid,
that was added to the glycol stationary phase to improve the polarity,
proved to be unstable at higher temperatures.  Much better separation  will
therefore be obtained with a recently developed stationary phase  FFAP
(free fatty acid phase), a reaction produced between  polyethelenglycol
20,000 and a nitroterephthalic acid.   Improved separation was also obtained
by using polyaromatic polymers as packing material.   Van Huysste&n (1970)
used 3 percent FFAP on a styrene-divinyl benzene copolymer and was able
to analyze fatty acid concentrations in digesters as  low as 5-10  mg/1.
The order of magnitude of response per unit weight of acid was Cg, i-C^,
C2, C4, i-C5> C5, and Cg.  Because the concentration  of fatty acids in
leachate is usually quite high the NPGS phase gave results accurate enough
to not necessitate the more sensitive FFAP columns.

METHOD USED FOR CALCULATING FATTY ACID CONCENTRATIONS
Ideally, the area under a peak is proportional to the concentration of the
compound.  Because the area of a  triangle is equal to the  height times half
the basewidth.the concentration is proportional to the  height if the base
width does not change appreciably between separate injection.  This occurs
if operating conditions are fixed, small samples are used  and the gas flow
rate is constant.  The concentration of these acids  in  a sample can be
calculated by comparing the peak  height with peak heights  of acids  in a
standard solution of a known concentration.  Also, by adding increasing
but known amounts of acids  to the sample and by  extrapolation to zero
                                     169

-------
 concentration  one  can  calculate  the concentration of  the acids present.
 The  most accurate  method, which  was also employed by  Mateles and Chian
 (1969)  is the  use  of an  internal standard which has a  larger retention
 timethan any of the known acids.  After testing many  substances, m-cresol
 was  selected as  the best internal standard at a concentration of 200 mg/1
 The  calibration  curves  (Figure 33) relate the ratio of fatty acid/
 m-cresol  peak  height to  the acid concentration in the  standard.  The
 calibration curves show  that the i-C, acid can be detected most accurately
 to as low as 20  ppm.  Hexanoic acid has the lowest sensitivity.  Linearity
 of peak  height with increasing acid concentration was  observed in all
 cases.   A similar amount of 250 mg/1 m-cresol is added to the diluted
 sample to be analyzed and from the calculated ratio of acid to m-cresol
 peak height the  actual fatty acid concentration is determined from the
 calibration curve.

 OPERATIONAL COMPLICATIONS ENCOUNTERED
 Most problems encountered with the gas chromatograph are related to
 "ghosting" which is defined as the appearance of peaks with the same
 retention  time as the previous injected acids when only water is injected.
 Baumgardt  (1964) suggested that injector assembly and glass wool  column
 plugs should be cleaned  frequently.  Distilled water samples should be
 injected  to clean the column.  Mateles and Chian (1969) minimized
 ghosting by coating the  stainless steel  wool  in the injection port with
 15 percent phosphoric acid.   Ghosting is more pronounced in sensitive
 columns.  Van Huyssteen  (1970) experimented with this by injecting 2 yl
 distilled water after 2  yl  of 25 mg/1  C2-Cg solution or 1 yl of dis-
 tilled water after 1  yl of 750 mg/1  C2-Cg solution.   Although Mateles and
 Chian (1969) usually worked  in the range of 100-1000 ppm volatile fatty
acids and a m-cresol  concentration of 1000 ppm,  our experiences with these
high concentrations were less satisfactory.  For example, at a concentration
of 1000 ppm Cp-Cg the ratio  of acetic  acid m-cresol  in sequential injec-
tions could increase  from 1.22 to 1.30 to 1.38,  respectively.   Other non-
linearities and ghosting phenomena were  also  experienced which led us to
use lower concentrations of  acids,  in  the range  of 50 to 300 ppm and
using the internal  standard  of 250 ppm m-cresol.

                                    170

-------
    4,0
    3,0
JC
O
o
V)
o



I  2.0
 o
     1,0
                50
                        100
200
                                                           Butyric

                                                           Isobutyric

                                                           Propionic
                                                           Isovoleric
                                                           Valeric

                                                           Acetic

                                                           Caproic
                                                           Formic
300
  Figure 33.
                     Fatty Acid Concentration (mg/O

              Calibration Curves  for C2-Cg Volatile Fatty Acids
                                  171

-------
 An  example  of the  analysis  of a  leachate  sample  from  the Boone County
 Field  Site  of SHWRL,  EPA collected  on  October  2,  1972 is shown in  Figure
 34.  The  dilution  employed  is used  to  analyze  for propanoic-, isobutyric-,
 isovaleric-,  valeric-,  and  hexanoic acid.  A dilution 4 times higher
 enables the determination of  acetic- and  butyric  acid.


 REFERENCES

 Andrews,  J. F., Thomas,  J.  F.  and Pearson, E.  A., "Determination of
     Volatile Acids by  Gas  Chromatography," Hater and  Sewage Works, 4
     206  (1964).                            	         ~~

 Baumgardt,  B.  R.,  "Practical  Observations on the Quantitative Analysis
     of Free  Volatile Fatty Acids in Aqueous Solutions by  Gas Liquid
     Chromatography," Dept. Bulletin No.  1, Dept. Dary Science, University
     of Wisconsin, Madison  (1964).

 Hindin, E., e_t a]_., "Analysis of Volatile Fatty Acids  in Sewage by Gas
     Chromatography," Water and Sewage Works.  4_, 92 (1964).

 Lamar, W. L.  and Goerlitz, D. F., "Characterization of Carboxylic Acids
     in Unpolluted Streams by Gas Chromatography," Journal  American Water
     Works Association. 55_, 797 (1963).

 Mueller, H.  F., Buswell, A.  M. and Larson, T.  E., "Chromatographic
     Determination of Volatile Acids," Sewage and Industrial Wastes, 28,
     255  (1956)                                                      ~~

 Mateles, R.  I. and Chian, S. K., "Kinetics of Substrate Uptake in Pure
     and Mixed Cultures," Environmental Science and Technology,  3, 569
     (1969).

Murtaugh,  J. J. and Bunch, R. L., "Acidic Components of Sewage Effluents
     and River Water," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 37_
     410 (1965).

Van Huyssteen, J.  J.,  "The Determination of Short Chain Fatty Acids in
     Aqueous Solution  by Gas Liquid Chromatography," Water Research, 4_
     645 (1970).
                                   172

-------
           L-*—jj-Acet

           I     ^-But
           8    Ik-Prop
            r
Range R = I
Attenuation  A= 64
mv = I
Gas  Flowrate - 40ml/min
Inj, Port Temp = 265°C
Detect or Temp = 265° C
Column Temp - 175°C
Material - 20% Neopentyl
          Glycol Succinate-
          27o H3P04 On
          Chromosorb PAW
          60-80 Mesh
                                                      :m-Cresol
                 /-Isobut
                    Isoval
                      -Valeric
                               Hexanoic
                              6       8
                              Time, min
                   10
12
14
Figure 34.  Gas Chromatogram of Free Volatile Fatty Acids Detected in
            Leachate of the Boon County-EPA Landfill
                              173

-------
             THE DETERMINATION OF  CARBONYL GROUPS WITH THE
                    DINITROPHENYL  HYDRAZINE METHOD

THE HYDRAZONE METHOD
The most widely used methods for determining carbonyl groups are the
oxime- and phenylhydrazone methods.  The phenylhydrazone method which
uses 2,4 dinitrophenylhydrazine as the active reagent to attach to the
carbonyl group is interfered by excess reagent.  This interference
can be minimized by either selective extraction of the intense yellow
derivative using a hydrocarbon solvent (Lohman, 1958) and measuring
the absorbance at 340 nm or by addition of alkali to the solution of
the derivative and measuring the wine red complex at 430-480 nm (Hanna,
1966).  The molar absorptivity and the absorption maximum is dependent
on the nature of the compound and  is mainly influenced by the saturated
or unsaturated character of the compound.  The 2,4 dinitrophenylhydrazine
method can also be used to precipitate and separate the different
aldehydes that react with it using thin layer chromatography (Meyboom,
1968) or gas chromatography (Soukup,  1964; Fiacchia e_t aj_., 1967).

The determination of small amounts of carbonyl compounds was first
reported by Mathewson (1920) who measured acetone in water samples
after extraction of the complex with carbon tetrachloride and measuring
the absorbance at 435 nm.  Barrenscheen and Dreguss (1931) and Barta
(1934) used the purple color developed in alkaline solutions to determine
concentrations of pyruvaldehyde and furfual respectively.  The 2,4
dinitrophenylhydrazine has a proton donating character as a result of
the two nitrogroups and will release a proton after addition of base,
which causes the formation of wine red quinoidal compounds:

                          OH"  ?  /=V               '?'  /=\
                 _ fi = R —   8-C_>= fiH - N = R^N—4T/" N - N = F
                                        -Q|          101      ^N - 01
                                       II -            -        I
                                      I fM                       I U|
                                      I0|
                                   174

-------
Iddles and Jackson (1934) used the precipitate of 2,4 dinitrophenyl-
hydrazine and different ketones and aldehydes  as a quantitative method
to determine the concentration of the compounds.  A saturated  2,4
dinitrophenylhydrazine solution in 2 NHC1  was  added to the aqueous  sample
after which a precipitate formed within 1  hour.   An increased  reaction
time or increased temperature decreased the yield of the precipitate  due
to hydrolysis.  When small amounts of aldehydes are present in aqueous
solution, addition of 2,4 dinitrophenylhydrazine will only cause a
turbidity and no precipitate in the sample, which turbidity can be
measured quantitatively with a nephelometer.

Lappin and Clark (1951) determined the 2,4 dinitrophenylhydrazine complex
of carbonyl compounds at a wavelength of 480 nm in an alkaline methanol
solution.  Excess hydrazine reagent gave a light yellow color  in alkaline
solution, the absorbance of which was corrected for by means of a blank.
They added 1 ml of saturated 2,4 dinitrophenylhydrazine to 1 ml of  sample
dissolved in methanol.  The sample with the methanol was first acidified
by adding 1 drop of concentrated HC1.  The mixture was heated  for 5 minutes
at 100°C or 30 minutes at 500°C and after cooling 5 ml of a methanol  KOH
(10 g KOH, 20 ml HgO diluted to 100 ml with methanol) was added to  give a
wine red color.  They reported that the molar absorption  and  the maximum
wavelength were independent of the structure of the aldehyde compound.

Mendelowitz and Riley (1953) found that most aliphatic  ketones gave  a
maximum absorption at 430 nm instead of 480 nm as used by Lappin and
Clark (1951).  They also noted that a fading of the color at 430 nm would
occur after formation and that the absorption maximum is influenced by
the structure of the compound.  After addition of KOH to raise the  pH of
the solution a potassium chloride precipitate was observed. Jones  et al.
(1956) also found that the absorption maximum is influenced by the
structure of the compound.  They found that in neutral solutions
aliphatic ketone hydrazones had absorption maxima at 364-367 nm which
shifted to 430-440 nm in basic solutions.   A second peak appeared at
                                    175

-------
 526-535 nm which did not decrease rapidly with time.   Aliphatic aldehyde
 hydrazones had maxima at 344-358 nm in neutral solutions which shifted to
 426-435 nm in basic solutions.   A second peak appeared at 515-523 nm
 which faded more rapidly with time than observed for  the ketonic compounds.
 Formaldehyde hydrazone exhibited the most rapid decrease with  50 percent
 loss in 15 minutes.   Phenyl  acetaldehyde hydrazone was the most stable
 but still  lost 30 percent of its color after 60 minutes.  Aromatic ketone
 hydrazones had a maximum at  386-399 nm in neutral  solutions which
 shifted to 458-490 nm in basic  solution;  no  peak was  observed  at 520 nm.
 Aromatic aldehyde hydrazones absorbed at 381-390 nm which maximum shifted
 to 460-486 nm in a basic solution.   Similarly to the  aromatic  ketones,
 no second  maximum was observed  at 520 nm.

 Addition of water to the hydrocarbon-alcohol  solvent  reduced the problem
 of the KC1  precipitates  after addition of the basic methanol (Jordan and
 Veatch,  1964).   They noted similarly to Mendelowitz and Riley  (1953) that
 after the  addition of base the  absorbance must be  determined within  the
 interval of 8-15 minutes,  since the color will  fade beyond that time.
 They dissolved  the sample  in 5  ml  3:7 hexane-alcohol  solution  after  which
 2  ml  of a  saturated  2,4  dinitrophenylhydrazine alcohol  solution  and  0.1  ml
 of concentrated  HC1  was  added.   After heating at 55°C  for 30 minutes it
 was  diluted to  25  ml  with  a  basic alcohol  solution  (59  g  KOH,  180 ml  H20,
 diluted  to  1  1 with  alcohol).   They observed  a  lower maximum wavelength
 for  aromatic  ketones  than  mentioned  by Jones  et^ al_. (1956)  since  aceto-
 phenone  and benzophenone gave maximum absorption at 446  nm and  430 nm
 respectively.  They  confirmed the earlier  findings  that  aldehyde  hydrazones
 fade more rapidly  than ketonic  hydrazones.

 Sanders and Schubert  (1971)  modified  the  Lappin  and Clark  (1951)  method
 by carefully acidifying the  mixture  of the aqueous  carbonyl  compound  and
 the 2,4 DNPH methanol with 1.0  ml of 0.01 N  HC1  to  result  in a final  pH
of 2.5-2.7.  After heating at 80°C  for  10 minutes the sample was  cooled
 for 10 minutes after which 5 ml of methanol KOH was added.  After 10
minutes the absorbance was measured at  515 nm.  Sugars did not interfere
                                    176

-------
significantly in the pH range specified but did  interfer at low pH
because the conversion of the cyclic hemiacetal  to acyclic  aldehyde is
accelerated.  Aldehydes gave a relative constant absorption when the
hydrazone was formed between pH 2.5 and 2.6, but the ketonic hydrazones
gave better absorbances at pH 2.5 instead of 2.7 due to the slower  rate
of formation at the higher pH.  The optimum heating temperature was 80°C
since at 100°C, as recommended by Lappin and Clark (1951),  sugars caused
a substantial interference.   A 10 minute boiling time at 80°C is
sufficient to form hydrozones with ketones and aldehydes while only a
fraction of the sugars have yet reacted.

PROCEDURE
The test is based on the formation of a red colored substance on the
addition of base to the 2,4 dim'trophenylhydrazone in an alcohol solution
(Lappin and Clark, 1951), and can be used as a colorimetric method  for
detecting carbonyl compounds in a water solution.

A saturated solution of 2,4-DNP was made up in 1.0 N HC1.
It was found that the 2,4 dim'trophenyl hydrazone precipitated from  the
water layer during the test and that no quantitative colorimetric results
were obtained indicating that the presence of methanol is required  to
increase its solubility.  It was also found that the methanol contained
too many impurities to give reliable results.  One liter of methanol was
therefore distilled from a 2,4-DNP-HCl mixture, in which the 2,4-DNP was
recrystallized twice.  The procedure is now as follows:
     a)   Add 1 ml sample
     b)   Add 1 ml saturated 2,4-DNP in methanol
     c)   Add 1 drop concentrated HC1  (pH 2.5 - 2.7)
     d)   Heat at 50°C for 30 minutes
     e)   Cool, add 5.0 ml methanolic  KOH
     f)   Read at 480 nm after  15 minutes
                                   177

-------
 INCUBATION  TIME
 The  effect  of the  elevated  temperature  during  hydrazone formation was
 first studied.   A  precipitate was  indeed  formed,  however  too much methanol
 was  found to  evaporate.  A  lower incubation temperature of 50°C  instead
 of the 80°C as recommended  by Sanders and Schubert  (1971) was therefore
 selected.   The evaluation of the length of the incubation period with
 15 mg/1  pentanone  showed that the  reaction is  essentially complete after
 a few minutes (Figure 35a), and that the  recommended 30 minute period
 can  be reduced if  necessary.  These results with  regard to the length of
 the  incubation time confirm the findings  of Sanders and Schubert (1971).

 FADING OF COLOR
 The  fading  of the  color beyond the recommended waiting time of 15 minutes
 after the color  formation was found to  be linear  with time and acetone
 showed a decrease  of 16 percent of the  original color after 120 minutes
 (Figure  35b).  All the leachate samples showed  fading of the color.
 Using different  test compounds it was noted that  the fading was more
 rapid for aldehydes than for ketones, which emphasizes the importance
 of obtaining  spectrophotometric readings at a  standardized time, i.e.
 15 minutes.

 ABSORBANCE OF DIFFERENT COMPOUNDS
 The absorbances  of the different compounds are shown in Figure 36.   The
 results contradict the results of Lappin and Clark (1951) but confirm the
 findings of Jones et, al_.  (1956) in that aldehydes generally give higher
 absorbances than ketones and that aromatic structures also enhance the
 absorbance.   Although insertion of functional  groups in the benzene ring
was reported  to  increase the absorbances, such was not found for piperonal
which  has two oxygen groups  in the meta- and paraposition connected with
a methyl group.  When a methyl  group is attached to an aromatic aldehyde
group such as in  acetophenone,  the absorbance  decreases due to the presence
of the electron donating  character of the methyl group.   Acids having a
carbonyl oxygen in  the carboxyl  group such as  valeric and salicylic acid
                                    178

-------
                                   p-pentonone

                                    (15 mg/*.)
                10    20    30   40    50    60

                    Incubation Time (min) At 50° C
                                              70
    E
    c

    O
    00
1,0
    a>
    u

    O
    .a


    § 0,5
    X)
                                                   15 Minutes

                                                   30 Minutes

                                                   60 Minutes


                                                   120 Minutes
          0
          10
20
30
40
50
                  Acetone Concentration  (mg/X)
Figure 35.  Effect of (a) Incubation Time on the Color Formation

of Pentanone with 2,4 dinitrophenylhydrazine (b) effect of  length

  of waiting time after the color formation on fading of color

                           of acetone
                                179

-------
     1,5
     1,0
g
0)
u

o
X}


§
    0,5
                                                 Benzaldehyde
Piperonal
   Acetophenone
                          0,1                  0,2

                      Molar Concentration, mmole/I
 Figure  36.   Molar Absorbances  of Different Carboxyl  Compounds
                                 180

-------
did not give any response in the test.   Formic acid was the only acid
that interferes but formic acid is present in the aldehyde form in only
a small percentage.  Dextrose at a concentration of 1000 mg/1  did not
give any response with the test.  The spectraof the different compounds
in alkaline media show that the wavelength of 480 nm as selected by
Lappin and Clark (1951) is only valid for aromatic compounds (Figure 37)
and p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde did indeed have a maximum at 480 nm.  In
the absence of functional groups attached to the benzene ring the
absorbance maximum even shifts to lower wavelengths, and maxima for ben-
zaldehyde and acetophone were 464 and 458 nm respectively.  In accordance
with Jones et al_. (1956) only a small shoulder was noted near 550 nm
unless the aldehyde group attains a more aliphatic character such as with
acetophone which has a noticable shoulder at 560 nm.  Much higher wave-
lengths were observed for quinones which absorb at 540 nm and compounds
with two aldehyde groups such as glyoxal which forms a cyclic hydrazone
The aliphatic aldehyde compounds all have absorption
maxima near 430 nm (Figure 38a) which maximum tends to shift to higher
wavelength with increasing aliphatic chain length.  In accordance with
Jones (1956) it was noted that aliphatic ketones have a more pronounced
shoulder at 540 nm than aliphatic aldehydes.

The spectra of the different molecular weight fractions in leachate are
shown in Figure 38b and one can conclude that they resemble aliphatic
aldehydes.  The shoulder at 540 nm is less pronounced than found for
propanal but is similar to that of valeraldehyde.  The conclusion,that
the carbonyl group is present as an aldehyde instead of a ketone.is
important since oxidation converts the carbonyl into a carboxyl group
which oxidation cannot take place with ketones.
                                   181

-------
                n>
00
ro
                cr
                tn
                o
                -i
                •a
                o
                3


                CO
                o
                sr  _

                o  T
                -h  —*
                »  $
                -  3
1.8




1.6




1.4




1.2
                o
                01

                o-
                o
                r>
                o

                -a
                O
Q8




Q6




0.4




Q2




  0
                                                Benzaldehyde
 \   /-p-dimethylamino
""•^  '  Benzaldehyde
                               Glyoxal
    400
    500                      600

         Wavelength ,  nm
700

-------
00
GO

                      co
                      oo
                      cr
                      to
                    o O
                    o -I
                    3-0
                    -O r*
                    O -"•
                    C O
                    3 3
                    O.
                     CO
3  O
O. H-

r-3
(0
cv  o
O  -h

o>  o
rt- -<•
n>  -h
   -h
-n n>

o>  n>
o  3
                    o 3>
                    3 —«
                    CO _i.
                      T3

                      O>
                      O

                      O
                      CU
                      -s
                      cr
                      o
                                         Q8
                                         Q6
                   I
                     Q2
                                           0
                                          1.0
                   1
                   o
                                          08
                                          "
                      Q4
                      Q2
                                -Formic  Acid

                                         -Valeraldehyde

                                               -Acetone

                                                    -Propanol
                                                                                        500 mw UF Retenlate
                                                                                        lOjOOOmw UFRetentate
500 mw UF Retenlate
10,000 mw UF Permeate
                                                                   500                     600

                                                                         Wavelength, nm
                                                                                               700

-------
 REFERENCES

 Ahmad, M. et^ al_.,  "Radiolysis  of  Ethylene  Glycol Aqueous Solutions,"
      Journal  Chemical  Society, ]_3_, 945  (1968).

 Barrenscheen,  H. K.  and  Dreguss,  M.,  "A Colorimetric Micromethod to
      Determine Methyl  Glyoxals,"  Biochemische Zeitschrift,  233, 305 (1931).

 Barta, L.,  "Method to  Determine Small Quantities of Furfural, Methyl
      Furfural  and Oxymethyl Furfural,"  Biochemische Zeitschrift, 274,
      212  (1934).

 Bel isle, J.,  "Non Aqueous Spectrophotometric Determination  of Carbonyl
      Functions," Analytica Chimica Acta, 43, 515 (1968).

 Fiacchia, M.  F. et^al.,  "A Method for Sampling and Determination of
     Organic  CarbonyT  Compounds in Automobile Exhaust," Environmental
     Science and Technology, ]_, 915  (1967).

 Hanna, J. G.,  "Chemical  and Physical Methods of Analysis,"  in "The
     Chemistry  of the  Carbonyl Group,"  Ed. Patai S., Interscience Publ.
     London (1966).

 Hanna, J. G., and Siggia, S.,  "Carbonyl Functional Groups and Derived
     Functions," in  "Treatise on Analytical Chemistry," Ed. Kolthoff,
    •I. M. and  Elving, P. J.,  II, Vol.  13, Interscience, New York (1966).

 Iddles, H. A. and Jackson, C. E., "Determination of Carbonyl Compounds by
     Means of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine," Industrial and Engineering
     Chemistry. Anal. Ed.. 6_, 454 (1934).

 Jones, L. A., "Spectrophotometric Studies of Some 2,4 Dinitrophenylhydrazines,"
     Analytical Chemistry. 28., 191 (1956).

 Jordan, D. E., and Veatch, F. C., "Spectrophotometric Determination of
     Trace Concentrations of Carbonyl Compounds," Analytical Chemistry,
     3i, 120 (1954).

 Lappin, G. R., and Clark, L.  C.,  "Colorimetric Method for Determination
     of Traces of Carbonyl Compounds," Analytical Chemistry, 23_,  41 (1951).

 Lehman, F. H.,  "Spectrophotometric Determination of Carbonyl Oxygen,"
     Analytical Chemistry. 30, 972 (1958).

Mathewson, W.  E., "The Combination of Fractionation with Spectrophotometry
     in Proximate Organic Analysis,"  Journal  American Chemical Society,
     42,  1279 (1920).
                                     184

-------
Mendelowitz, A., and Riley, 0. P., "The Spectrophotometric Determination
     of Long Chain Fatty Acids Containing Ketonic Groups," Analyst, 78,
     704 (1953).

Meyboom, P. W., "Separation and Identification of the 2,4 Dinitro
     Derivative of Unsaturated Aldehydes and Methylketones by Using Thin
     Layer Chromatography," Fats, Soaps and Paints, 70, 477 (1968).

Roberts, J. D., and Screen, C., "Separation of 2,4 Dinitrophenylhydrazones
     by Chromatographic Adsorption," Industrial and Engineering Chemistry,
     Anal. Ed., J8., 335 (1946).

Sanders, E. B., and Schubert, J., "Spectrophotometric Analysis of Carbonyl
     Compounds in the Presence of Carbohydrates without Prior Separation,"
     Analytical Chemistry, 43, 59 (1971).

Schepartz, A. I., and Danberg, B. F., "Flavor Reversion in Soybean Oil. V.
     Isolation and Identification of Reversion Compounds in Hydrogenated
     Soybean Oil," Journal American Oil Chemistry Society. Z7_, 367 (1950).

Soukup, R. J., et^ al_., "Gas Chromatographic Separation of 2,4 Dinitrophenyl'
     hydrozone Derivatives of Carbonyl Compounds," Analytical Chemistry.
     36, 2255 (1964).

Weeks, B. M., et_ ail_., "Reactions of Alanine with the Reducing Species
     formed in Water Radiolysis," Journal Physical Chemistry. 69, 4131
     (1965).                      	
                                     185

-------
          THE DETERMINATION OF AROMATIC HYDROXYL GROUPS WITH
                        THE FOLIN-DENIS METHOD

THE FOLIN-DENIS TEST
The phenolic hydroxyl group concentration has been determined in humic
acids by subtracting the value found for the carboxyl group (calcium
acetate method) from the value found for the total acidity (bariumhydroxide
method) which procedure is commonly used by soil scientists (Schnitzer
and Khan, 1972).

When relatively small amounts are available, only colorimetric methods
are applicable.  The method used in this study was the Folin-Denis (1912)
test which test is also listed in Standard Methods (1971) for the deter-
mination of lignin-tannin like material.  The Standard Methods (1971)
adapted modifications introduced by Berk and Schroeder (1942).  The blue
color is produced after addition of alkali to a mixture of the Folin-Denis
reagent and the sample,which color is measured at 700 nm.  The reaction
mechanism is based on the oxidation of the phenolic hydroxyl group and
the reduction of the phospho molybdotungstic acid.  The method was tested
by Smit jit a_l_.  (1955) for different aromatic compounds having an hydroxyl
group.  He noted that more than one hydroxyl group in the benzene ring
did not give a  doubling of the color absorbance.  He also concluded that
the test is very accurate but that the standard should reflect the tested
compound as closely as possible,  since otherwise erroneous conclusions
are drawn with  regard to measured concentrations.

FOLIN CIOCALTEAU TEST
The Folin-Denis test was improved by Folin-Ciocalteau (1927) to eliminate
a precipitate that sometimes formed during the test.  The precipitate con-
sisted of the sodium salt of the tungsten and molybdenum complex and it
was found that  the formation could be prevented by addition of the more
                                    186

-------
soluble Li salts.  The modified test also forms the basis for the Lowry
protein test.  The Folin-Ciocalteau reagent was used by Singleton and Rossi
(1965) to measure phenolic compounds and by Kloster (1974) to measure
tannins in water.  The latter showed that reducing substances that are
also present in the sample will increase the measured value.   The largest
interference is caused by ferrous iron and 2 mg/1  will give a color
equivalent of 1 mg/1 tannic acid.  The interferences are similar as those
encountered in the phosphate test in which phosphate forms a  complex
with the molybdic acid which is then reduced with  SnCl~ or ascorbic acid
                                                                      2+
to form a blue color.  Interferences for the phosphate test include Fe  ,
sulfide and nitrite.

PROCEDURES
Since no precipitation was observed with the Folin-Denis reagent it was
used instead of the more complicated Folin-Ciocalteau test.  The procedure
is identical to the tannin-lignin test as listed in Standard Methods.
Since most of the organic fractions measured showed a slight leveling off
at 620 nm (Figure 39), this wavelength was selected for all measurements.

RESULTS
To obtain a clearer understanding of the reaction, different aromatic
compounds having more than one hydroxyl group in the benzene ring, were
tested.  As shown in Figure 40, the intensity of the colored product
depends on whether the location of the OH groups is in the ortho, meta,
or para position.  When the ring has three OH groups, such as in gallic
acid one of the groups may not participate in the  reaction.  Further tests
are necessary to gain a better understanding of the mechanism of this
test.  It can be concluded that this is a sensitive test for phenolic
hydroxyl compounds, however, the standard compound has to reflect the
composition of the humic and fulvic acids as closely as possible.
                                    187

-------
      0,15
      0,10
  o
  JQ
  i-
  O
  V)
  JO
     0,05
Dupage
Fulvic Acid
Fraction
                             Tannic Acid (5mg/J?)
                            500                600

                                Wavelength, nm
            700
Figure 39.   Spectrum of the Fulvic Acid Fraction of the Dupage Landfill
                 Leachate and the Standard Tannic Acid
                                  188

-------
    1,0
                    246
                          Concentration ,  mg/J?
Figure  40.  Absorbence of Different Aromatic Hydroxyl Compounds
                              189

-------
REFERENCES

Berk, A. A. and Schroeder, D., "Determination of Tannin Substances in
     Boiler  Water," Ind. Engin. Chem. Anal. Ed., ]£, 456 (1942).

Folin, 0. and Ciocalteau, V., "On Tyrosin and Tryptophane Determinations
     in Proteins," Journal of Biological Chemistry. 7£, 627 (1927).

Folin, 0. and Denis, W., "On Phosphotungstic-Phosphomolybdic Compounds as
     Color Reagents," Journal of Biological  Chemistry. ]2, 239 (1912).

Kloster, M. B., "The Determination of Tannin and Lignin," Journal  American
     Water Works Association. 66_, 44 (1974).

Schnitzer, M. and Kahn, S. U., Humic Substances in the Environment,  Marcel
     Dekker, Inc., New York (1972).

Singleton, V. L. and Rossi, 0. A., "Colorimetry of Total  Phenolic  with
     Phosphomolybdic-Phosphotungstic Acid Reagent," American Journal  of
     Enology and Viticulture, ]j>, 144 (1965).

Smit, C. J. B., et al., "Determination of Tannins and Related Polyphenols
     in Foods," Analytical Chemistry. 27., 1159 (1955).
                                   190

-------
       THE DETERMINATION OF CARBOHYDRATES WITH THE ANTHRONE TEST
THE ANTHRONE TEST
The most common colorimetric methods of determining carbohydrates are the
phenol sulfonic acid method and the anthrone method.  Because the former
method procuces a yellow color the reaction might be interferred with by
the yellow brown color of the leachate; the anthrone test on the other
hand gives a blue-green color reaction.  The color in this test has been
attributed to the reaction product of 5-hydroxymethyl furfural or furfural
and anthrone (9,10-dihydroxyl-9-oxoanthracene) a reduction product of
anthra quinone in an acid solution (Dreywood, 1946).  Glucose can further
decompose to laevulinic acid, black humic products, formic acid and
formaldehyde (Amihoff, 1970).  The different sugars display a wide range
of color intensities, and in this respect the test is inferior to the
phenol-sulfuric acid test in which the different sugars give a more
identical response.  It is therefore of great importance to select a
standard that closely resembles the building units of the polysaccharide
to be determined.  The test has been applied successfully in the determin-
ation of hexosen, pentosen, deoxy sugars, hexuloses, heptuloses, glycogen,
and cellulose(Seifer et al_, 1950; Black, 1951).  Some compounds will
interfere slightly; for example, fatty acids, some proteins (Peterson
and Rose, 1951) and a high salt content (Lanner, 1960).  No interferences
were given by 1 M Na, 1 M K, 1 M P04, 1 M NH3, 0.1 M Cl, 0.05 M Mn,
0.01 M Ca and 0.01 M Ba (Koehler, 1952).  Precautions have to be taken
when particulate matter is analyzed (Biggs and Wetzel, 1968).  When
cellulose or glycogen like material has to be determined, the solution
should be boiled in acid for a relatively long period as compared to
single sugars.  Boiling during an extensive period, however, polymerizes
the furfural units into brown humic complexes which will interfere with
the analysis.
                                   191

-------
 PROCEDURES
 The tests reported here have been conducted  according  to  the  recommendations
 of the International  Biological  Program,  (Golterman  and Clyroo,  1969),  in
 which 5 ml of sample  is boiled  in 25  ml  58 percent sulfuric acid containing
 140 mg/1  anthrone reagent for 15 minutes.  The  anthrone reagent is  obtained
 by dissolving 0.1  g of anthrone  in 500 ml concentrated H^SO.  to which  200
 ml 1^0 and 1  g of thiourea  is added as an oxidant.   The boiling time of
 15 minutes was selected because  higher readings are  obtained  when heated
 longer than that period due  to a brown color formation which  absorbs at
 540 nm instead of 620 nm.

 RESULTS
 When  the  test was  run on  the  whole leachate  and the  different molecular
 weight fractions,  all  resulted in  a blue color  and the absorption spectra
 were  similar  to  that  of glucose,  indicating  that  glucose  is a good  standard
 to use.   The  color was  less well  developed in the 500  MW  permeate as com-
 pared to  other membrane fractions  as  it had  traces of  a brown color
 corresponding to a shift  in the  absorption maximum from 620 nm  to 540  nm,
 which change      became stronger after 15 minutes boiling.  All fractions
 showed a  continuous increase  in  absorbance with increasing boiling time
 (Figure 41),  probably due to  the formation of brown  humin products.  The
 most  rapid increase was  observed  for  glucose when the  boiling time was
 increased  from 15  to  30 minutes.   This resulted in lower apparent concen-
 trations  for  each  of  the fractions  when expressed as glucose  equivalent at
 the 30 minute as compared to  the  15 minute digestion time.  The values
 after 4 hours  boiling were higher  than the 15 minute values when expressed
 as glucose equivalent since the  absorbence of each of  the fractions would
 increase while the values for glucose would  remain constant.  Since a
 15 minute  boiling  time would  result in a minimum change toward a brown
color,  this period was  therefore selected as the optimum boiling period.
Aromatic hydroxyl compounds that resemble the composition of  the low
molecular weight fulvic acid fraction did not cause significant interference
in the test (Figure 42).  In combination with glucose however, they may
                                    192

-------


03



~ 02
^—
Q>
O
C
O
JO
k.
O
JQ
0.1








/
p
1 f J
i
T





/
r


A'
/
b
i i ^r*^ ' '
/ 10,000 MW
^/ Froction9b
^
^^—^^^^ ^^^™ ^^^_ ^^^B ^^^^^B ^^^ »••
' /^ 100 Glucose
/

>IOODOOMW
Fraction lOb

^
^^^^ ^^ ^^^
^^^^
s"' 50,OOOMW|^phadex
^-"ITI- 	 D-
^•^— """ 3000 MW Sephadex _
KVXX)-^
lOoToOOMW
Fraction lib
*- -4-
i i i 1
100 200 300 400
                  Hydrolysis  Time ,  minutes
Figure 41.  Effect of Hydrolysis Time on Absorbence of  Different
            Molecular Weight  Fractions in Leachate
                              193

-------
LJ
600             1000
Concentration, mg/l
1500
  Figure 42.   Interference in  Carbohydrate Analysis by Aromatic
                      Hydroxyl Compounds
                             194

-------
cause formation of brown products (Feeny, 1969) and may have partially

caused the brownish color development in the 500 MW UF permeate.


REFERENCES

Amihoff, D. et^ al_., "Analytical Methods for Carbohydrates," The Carbohydrates,
     W. Pigma, et al_., ed., Vol. I IB, Academic Press, New York, 1970.

Black, H. C., "Determination of Sodium Carboxyl Methyl Cellulose in
     Detergent Mixtures," Analytical Chemistry. Vol. 23, 1792 (1951).

Biggs, R. B. and Wetzel, C. D., "Concentration of Particulate Carbohydrate
     at the Halocline in Chesapeake Bay," Limnology and Oceanography, Vol.
     13, 169 (1968).                      	  	

Dreywood, R., "Qualitative Test for Carbohydrate Material." Indr. Engin.
     Chem. Anal. Ed.. J8., 499 (1946).

Feeny, P., "Spectrophotometric Method for Rapid Determiantion of Oak Leaf
     Condensed Tannin," Analytical Chemistry, 41_, 1347 (1969).

Golterman, H. L. and Clymo, R. S., "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Fresh
     Waters," International Biological Programme Handbook No. 8,  Blackwell
     Scientific Publications, Oxford (1969).

Koehler, L. H., "Differentiation of Carbohvdrates by Anthrone Reaction Rate
     and Color Intensity," Analytical Chemistry. 24, 1976 (1952).

Launer, H. F., "Determination of Carbohydrates," Methods in Carbohydrate
     Chemistry. R. L.  Whistler et al. eds., Vol. I, Academic Press, New
     York, 1960.

Peterson, R. and Rose,  D., "Estimation of Glycogen by the use of Anthrone,"
     Canadian Journal  of Technology, 29_, 317 (1951).

Seifert, S., e_t al_., "The Estimation of Glycogen with the Anthrone Reagent,"
     Arch, of Biochem.. 25, 191  (1950).
                                     195

-------
        THE DETERMINATION OF PROTEINS WITH THE LOWRY, NINHYDRIN
                          AND KJELDAHL METHOD

THE LOWRY METHOD
The Lowry method is the most commonly employed protein test   in laboratory
determinations.  The test was developed by Folin and Ciocalteau (1927) and
significantly modified by Lowry ert al_. (1951) who added the copper reagent
used in the biuret reaction.  The test is based on the reduction of phospho-
tungstic and phosphomolybdic acid and the concurrent oxidation of the
phenolic hydroxyl group of aromatic amino acids that usually make up 10
percent of any protein, resulting in a reaction product that gives a blue
color.  Miller (1959) modified the test by using an elevated temperature
(50°C), a smaller volume of a more concentrated alkaline copper reagent,
and a larger quantity of a more dilute phenol reagent.  Schacterle and
Pollack (1973) simplified the procedure even further by using only two
reagents.

The amino acids mainly responsible for the reaction are tyrosine, tryptophan
and the purines, guanine, xanthine and uric acid.  A recent evaluation of
the Folin test by Shao-Chia and Goldstein (1960) reported that although
a large part of the color is caused by the reaction of the phenolic hydroxyl
in the aromatic amino acids, any peptide bond will yield some color
depending on the sequence of certain amino acids.  They found that some
amino acid  sequences have a larger impact on,the color than others.
Hydrolysis reduced the color of albumin by more than two-thirds as it
eliminated the protein bonds.  Cleavage of the disulfide bonds in insulin
by oxidative reactions also gave a loss of about one-third of the total
color.   Ji (1973) reviewed the interferences of the Lowry test and stated
that some carbohydrates, lipids, di- and tri-carboxylic acids and single
amino acids like glycine and glycylglycine interfere with the test.  Other
limitations of the test are that the amount of color varies with different
                                    196

-------
proteins while other aromatic compounds present in the sample contribute
to the color.  The main advantages of the test are [1] that it is as
sensitive as the Nessler reagent but does not require prior digestion
of the sample, [2] it is several fold more sensitive than the ninhydrin
method, [3] it is 10 to 20 times more sensitive than measurement of the
UV adsorption and a hundred times more sensitive than the biuret method
(Lowry e_tal_., 1951; Young, 1963).

In the water pollution area the Folin test has been used extensively by
Orme-Johnson and Woods (1964), Walters e_t a_l_. (1968) and Rebhun and Manka
(1971).  The latter used it for determination of proteins in treatment
plant effluent.  Phenolic hydroxyl groups in humic acid in the effluent,
however, will greatly interfere with the test.  Because high protein
values were initially obtained in this study, as compared to the protein
concentrations calculated from the organic nitrogen values multiplied by
6.25, the Lowry test was evaluated with respect to interferences from
aromatic hydroxyl compounds.

When increasing amounts of tannic acid, containing numerous aromatic
hydroxyl groups, were added to a 1:100 and 1:200 diluted leachate sample,
increasing apparent amounts of proteins were measured with the Lowry
test (Figure 43a).  It was found that 1 mg/1 tannic acid gave a response
identical to 3.8 mg/1 proteins, clearly illustrating that this protein
test is interfered with by the presence of aromatic hydroxyl groups.
When the values obtained with the Lowry test using bovine albumin as a
standard and the aromatic hydroxyl test using tannic acid as a standard
(Figure 43b) a similar result was obtained as 1 mg/1 tannic acid corres-
ponded to 3.8 mg/1 proteins, indicating that a relatively low protein
content reactive to the Lowry test is present in leachate.

THE NINHYDRIN METHOD
A test which is very accurate but several times less sensitive than the
Lowry test uses the reaction between ninhydrin (triketohydrindenehydrate)
and the individual amino acids.  Moore and Stein (1948) tested the
                                   197

-------
              -5
      0              5
Amount  Of Tannic Acid Added,  mg/Jt
  10
v>w
_o
f*
o
H 500


?V»00
&E
ol300
o
•§, 200
X
u
'•§ 100
E
2

i i y \
/
o /
~ f~ *™
/
x/c
/ D
	 y
/
~ /
_ ^° (b)
/ O
II
ijllr. «rr 1 1 1
                            1000
                    2000
3000
                   Protein  As Measured With The Lowry Test, mg/l
Figure 43.   Effect of Standard Additions of Tannfc Acid in Leachate on the
    Outcome  of the Lowry Test (a) and Relation Between Results of the
     Aromatic Hydroxyl Test and Lowry Test as Determined on Different
                        Leachate Samples
                                  198

-------
reaction extensively to obtain a reliable method for the automatic analysis
of amino acids.  Yemm and Cocking (1955) described the first step in the
reaction as the oxidative deamination of amino acid with the formation of
ammonia and the reduction of ninhydrin to hydrantin.  The ammonia then
condenses with the hydrindantin to form a colored complex.

The test has been used in Painter and Viney (1959) to measure free amino
acids in sewage.  Stevenson and Cheng (1970) used the ninhydrin method after
extensive acid hydrolyses to determine amino acids in sediment samples.  A
sample is hydrolyzed with 6 N HC1.  After removal of HC1 the solution is
made alkaline and ammonia and amine are removed.  Sufficient 6 N HC1 is
then added to dissolve metallic hydroxides after which the amino acids are
analyzed according to the method of Yemm and Cocking (1955), with the
exception that excess sodium citrate is applied to chelate metals.  The
standard amino acid, usually leucine, is subjected to an identical diges-
tion step which generally reduces its concentration by 5-10 percent.  It
was shown that some amino acids, especially tryptophane, are less resis-
tant to digestions than other amino acids.

PROCEDURES OF THE NINHYDRIN METHOD
After several trials the following procedure was selected as the most
satisfactory one:
     1.   Add 5 ml sample to 25 ml of 6 N HC1 and reflux for 20 hours.
     2.   Filter and wash residue.
     3.   Adr4 2-3 drops phenolphthalein, titrate to pink color with
          6 N NaOH.
     4.   Boil to remove NH^.
     5.   Add 6 N HC1 to dissolve metal hydroxide and dilute to 100 ml
          with boiled water.
     6.   Take a 1-ml aliquot and add 1 ml sodium citrate solution.
     7.   Add 4 ml of freshly prepared ninhydrin reagent mix as described
          by Yemm and Cocking (1955).
     8.   Place in boiling water bath for 3 minutes.
                                    199

-------
     9.    Remove from bath and immediately add 10 ml of 47.5 percent
           ethanol water mixture.
     10.    Cool to room temperature and read absorbence at 570 m.

 RESULTS OF THE NINHYDRIN METHOD
 The  results of the test with different leachate samples were found to be
 accurate and reproducible; a duplicate test with the U of I leachate, for
 example, showed values of 2420 and 2440 mg/1.

 The  evaluation of the digestion time showed that high readings are even
 obtained without hydrolysis (Figure 44a) indicating that most proteins are
 present in leachate as single amino acids.  Analysis with an Automated
 Technicon  Amino acid analyzer showed that most amino acids were present as
 ornithine,lysine and valine confirming the high organic nitrogen values
 measured in the 500 MW UF permeate.  Since these amino acids do not have
 aromatic hydroxyl groups, they will not register with the Lowry test.  A
 digestion  time of 20 hours was found to be suitable (Figure 44).

 Comparison of the protein concentration determined with both the Kjeldahl
method and the ninhydrin test showed that the results obtained with each
test agree well  with each other (Figure 44b).   The protein value obtained
with the Kjeldahl method was  calculated by multiplying the value for N as
obtained after digestion and  distillation by a factor of 6.25 (Bunch et a 1.,
1961).
                                    200

-------
              2000
          2
          JZ
              1000
          0>
          e
          0_
    I
       1
                                 12             24
                                  Boiling Time, hr
6 bUUU
&
O
it •<
"SI
o ^4000
3 3
o .9
0 >
II
o i_
|i2000
u
c
o
o
c
~£
O f\f
	 /•"
~" /
/
0 /
X
/ ^-100 %, Recovery
- o X
f/


_
n/"
Q'
X 1
2000
4000
                                                      6000
                   Protein Concentration Determined With Ninhydrin
                                       Method, mg/J?

Figure 44.   Effect of Digestion Time  on Outcome of Ninhydrin Protein Test
         (a) and Relation Between  Protein  Concentration as Measured
         with Kjeldahl Method  and  Ninhydrin Method Using Digestion
                                   201

-------
REFERENCES
Bunch, R. L., e_t aJL, "Organic Materials in Secondary Effluents," Journal
     Water Pollution Control Federation, 33, 122 (1961).

Folin, 0. and Ciocalteau, V., "On Tyrosin and Tryptophane Determinations
     in Proteins," Journal of Biological Chemistry, _73_, 627 (1927).

Ji, T. H., "Interference by Detergents, Chelating A-ents and Buffers
     with the Lowry Protein Determination," Analytical Biochemistry, 52^
     517  (1973).

Johnson Orme, W. H. and Woods, C. E., "Colorimetric Determination of
     Proteins and Free Amino Acids," Mater and Sewage Works, 111. 339
     (1964).

Lowry, 0. H., e_t al_., "Protein Measurement with the Folin Phenol Reagent,"
     Journal of Biological Chemistry, 193, 265 (1951).

Miller, G. L., "Protein Determination for Large Number of Samples,"
     Analytical Chemistry. 3j[» 964 (1959).

Moore, S. and Stein, W. H., "Photometric Ninhydrin Method for Use in the
     Chromatography of Amino Acids," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 176,
     367  (1948).

Painter, H. A. and Viney, M., "Composition of a Domestic Sewage," Journal
     of Biochemical and Microbiological Technology and Engineering, 1,
     143  (1959).

Rebhun, M. and Manka, J., "Classification of Organics in Secondary
     Effluents," Environmental Science and Technology, 5_, 606 (1971).

Schacterle, G. R. and Pollack, R. L., "A Simplified Method for the
     Quantitative Assay of Small Amounts of Protein in Biological Material,"
     Analytical Biochemistry. 51, 654 (1973).

Chia, S. and Goldstein, A., "Chromogenic Groupings in the Lowry Protein
     Determination," Biochemical Journal, 7J5, 109 (1960).

Stevenson, F. J. and Cheng, C. N., "Amino Acids in Sediments:  Recovery by
     Acid Hydrolysis and Quantitative Estimation by a Colorimetric
     Procedure," Geochtmica et Cosmochimica Acta, 34_, 77 (1970).

Walters, C. F., e_t al_., "Microbial Substrate Storage in Activated Sludge,"
     Journal Sanitary Engineering Division, ASCE, 94, 257 (1968).

Yemm, E. W. and Cocking, E. C., "The Determination of Amino Acids with
     Ninhydrin," Analyst, 80, 209 (1955).
                                     202

-------
Young, E. G., "Occurrence,  Classification,  Preparation  and Analysis  of
     Proteins," Comprehensive Biochemistry,  M.  Florkin  and E.  H. Stotz,
     eds., Vol. 7,  Elsevier Publishing Corp., Amsterdam (1963).
                                  203

-------
             THE DETERMINATION OF EXTRACTABLE ORGANICS USING
                           HEXANE AND BUTANOL

 THE SOLVENT EXTRACTION METHOD
 The solvent extraction technique has been used to fractionate organics
 according to their polarity.   Ethanol  is for example used to obtain  the
 hymatomelanic acid from the pH 2 precipitated humic acid.   Several  inves-
 tigations in the soil  science area  have used extraction  techniques using
 benzene-methanol,  chloroform-methane!,  acetyl  acetone, hexa  methylene,
 tetramine,  dodecylsulfate,  urea,  formic acid,  phenol  and  acetone to  obtain
 humic  materials (Schnitzer  and Kahn,  1972).  The  solvent  extraction  scheme
 of Bunch  et al_.  (1961)  as modified  by Rubhun and  Manka (1971)  was  initially
 used in the present study and methanol  was  used to extract the fulvic
 acids  from  the solution.  Unrealistic high  values however were obtained
 for fulvic  acid concentrations.   A  more in-depth  evaluation  showed that
 when the  permeate  of the 10,000 MW  ultrafilter was  extracted,  both fulvic
 acids  and short-chain  free  volatile fatty acids were  removed from  the
 solution.   The latter  compounds were detected when the residue of  the
 dried  butanol  layer  was resuspended and GC analysis showed substantial
 amounts of  free  volatile fatty acids.

 EXTRACTION  OF  MODEL  COMPOUNDS
 To  study  more  precisely how many  other  compounds  besides fulvic acid are
 extracted,  a butanol extraction was performed on  model compounds that
 resemble  the organics that are expected to be present in leachate  such as
 fulvic acid  (tannic  acid), carbohydrates (starch), and proteins (bovine
 albumin).   The results in Figure  45 show that the butanol extraction of
 tannic acid removed  most of the compound from the water layer.  A compari-
 son of the gravimetric and the colorimetric determination showed that the
 latter method resulted in lower values as compared with the former method.
The extraction of the bovine albumin is less effective than that of
tannic acid, however since it is  extracted to a considerable extent it
                                    204

-------
         1500
ro
CD
01
      o»

     £  1000
      u
      s
     "x
     u
         500
Tannic Acid Removed (Gravimetric)

                        ^/.
                                                  Tannic Acid Removed (Colorimetric)
                                                        Bovine Albumin (Color!metric)
                                                                  Starch (Gravimetric)

                                                                        I
                Figure 45.
                         1000                           2000


                      Initial Concentration (mg/A)


       Butanol Extraction of Tannic Acid, Starch and Bovine Albumin

-------
will interfere in the gravimetric determination of the fulvic acid as
obtained in the dried butanol residue.  The extraction of starch is
almost negligible and will not result in any interference.

A second extraction test was conducted with a mixture of free volatile
fatty acids as encountered in fresh leachate (formic acid 2000 mg/1,
acetic acid 5000 mg/1, propionic acid 1000 mg/1, butyric acid 5000 mg/1,
isobutyric acid 1000 mg/1, valeric acid 1000 mg/1, isovaleric acid 1000 mg/1
and caproic acid 6000 mg/1).  The extraction was performed similarly to
that employed in the leachate samples; a 100 ml aliquot is extracted with
two 100 ml of hexane.  Following the hexane extraction the sample is
acidified to pH 2 to obtain a possible precipitate of humic acid, after
which the water layer is extracted with butanol.  The results of both
tests show that large amount of free volatile fatty acid are extracted
into the butanol and hexane layer (Figure 46 and 47).  After the drying
of the hexane and butanol layer at 60°C for 2 days the residues were
redissolved in 100 ml water and the TOC was measured.  Because of the
extensive evaporation of the fatty acids only a fraction was left in the
residue as shown in Table 19.  The TOC of the redissolved hexane
residue was found to be proportional to the initial acid concentration
in the water layer while the subsequent butanol extraction removed more
fatty acids at the lowest fatty acid concentration.  The results also
show that the accuracy of the residue determination can vary by more
than 50%.  For these reasons the extraction method was only applied
using the hexane to determine oils or lipids and butanol to detect fulvic
acids in the high molecular weight retentate.  Application of the extraction in
the 500 MW UF permeate will lead to substantial interferences due to
the presence of free volatile fatty acids in leachate.
                                      206

-------
ro
o
                3000 -
            o»

            E


            «
            c
            o
            X
            Q>
            X
            H   2000 —
            •o
            x
            LU
            Z    1000 —
            o

            i
Isovaleric Acid

 aleric Acid
                                    1000          2000           3000

                                          Initial Acid Concentration (mg/«.)
                 4000
                     Figure 46.   Hexane  Extraction  of Free Volatile Fatty Acid Mixture

-------
                                  1000
2000
                      Acid Present Before Extraction (mg/JO



Figure 47.  Butanol  Extraction of Acidified Free Volatile Fatty Acid Mixture

-------
                               Table 18

       TOC In Redissolved Dried Residue of the Hexane and Butanol
              Used to Extract a Free Volatile Fatty Acid
    Solutions the Residue Was Redissolved in 100 ml Distilled Water
                          TOC of Redissolved         TOC of Redissolved
TOC of Water Layer          Hexane Layer                Butanol  Layer
     (mg/1)                     (mg/1)                     (mg/1)
                           Test 1     Test 2           Test 1     Test 2
9318 (initial stock)
465 (1:2)
2329 (1:4)
167
61
1
145
98
4
120
120
190
120
180
160
REFERENCES
Bunch, R. L. et al_., "Organic Materials in Secondary Effluents," Journal
     Water PoTTution Control Federation. 33, 122 (1961).

Rebhun, M. and Manka, G., "Classification of Organics in Secondary
     Effluents," Environmental Science and Technology, 5_, 606 (1971).

Schnitzer, M. and Kahn, S. N. "Humic Substances in the Environment,"
     Marcek Dekker, Inc., New York, 1972.
                                   209

-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
 \. REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/2-77-186a
                              2.
                                                           3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 Evaluation of  Leachate  Treatment
 Volume  I
 Characterization  of  Leachate
               5. REPORT DATE
               September 1977 (Issuing Date)
               6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 7. AUTHOR(S)
 Edward S.K.  Chi an
 Foppe B. DeWalle
                                                           8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
 9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 Department of Civil  Engineering
 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
 3217 Civil Engineering  Bldg.
 Urbana, Illinois  61801
                10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                 PE 1DC618
                11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
                 68-03-0162
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Municipal Environmental  Research Laboratory-_cin.
 Office of Research and Development
 U.S, Environmental Protection  Agencv
 Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
          OH
                13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                 Final
                14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                  EPA/600/14
 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

 Volume I of  a  two-volume final report.
Project Officer:  Dirk  Brunner (513-684-7871)
 IB.ABSTRACT An extensive analysis  of organics and inorganics  present in leachate from
 landfills located in different  regions of the United States was  performed to evaluate
 methods for treating leachates.   Bench-scale performance data  and evaluation of leach-
 ate treatment methods are  reported in Volume II.  Gross properties of the leachate
 quality varied, greatly between  different landfills.  Membrane  ultrafiltration, gel per-
 meation chromatography, and  specific organic analysis were  used  to separate different
 molecular weight fractions and  to determine the main classes of  organics and associ-
 ated functional groups.  The majority of the organics were  able  to permeate a 500 MW UF
 membrane indicative of their low molecular weight.  Membrane fractionation and organic
 analysis of leachate samples collected from different landfills  generally showed a de-
 crease of the free volatile  fatty acid fraction with increasing  age of the fill.  Bio-
 logical degradation studies  showed the sequential removal of different classes of
 organics.  Four sequential phases were recognized:  1) removal of high molecular
 weight humic carbohydrate-like  organics; 2) removal of free volatile fatty acids- 3)
 remova  of factenally excreted  carbonyl compounds and amino acids; 4) removal of high
 molecular weight carbohydrates  produced during the third phase.   Membrane fractionation
 analysis showed that the majority of the metals permeated the  500 MW UF membrane, in-
 dicating that chelation of most  metals by refractory organics  in leachate plays a
 minor role in metal  attenuation  processes; an exception was iron,  most of which was
 associated with the 100,000  MW  UF retentate.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
  b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C. COSATI Field/GtOUp
 hemical analysis
 tefuse disposal
 .caching
Colorimetric analysis
Waste treatment
  Solid Waste
  Leachate Analysis
  Organic Analysis
  Sanitary Landfill
13B
 8. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT


 RELEASE UNLIMITED
  19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
   UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                        21. NO. Or PAGES
226
  20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)

   UNCLASSIFIED
                             22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
                                           210
                                                              AHA gnomon nwTMomcfcii77-797-056/6»6

-------